[opensuse-translation-commit] r90433 - trunk/yast/pt_BR/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-29 17:01:16 +0100 (Wed, 29 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90433 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/opensuse_mirror.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/s390.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 21:56-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -896,42 +896,58 @@ #. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 -msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +"or only start the daemon for now?" msgstr "Deseja iniciá-lo e habilitar o início na inicialização\n" -#. question continues -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "O daemon 'auditd' não está em execução.\n" #. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -msgstr "O módulo do kernel 'apparmor' está carregado.\n" +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +#| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +#| "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" +#| "Do you want to start the daemon now?" +msgid "" +"The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +msgstr "" +" O módulo do kernel 'apparmor' está carregado.\n" +"O kernel usa um daemon auditor em execução para registrar os eventos\n" +"de auditoria em /var/log/audit/audit.log (padrão). \n" +"Você deseja iniciar o daemon agora?" #. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "Início do daemon auditor" #. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "Iniciar e &habilitar" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Iniciar" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "&Não iniciar" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Não foi possível iniciar o daemon do auditor." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -944,36 +960,36 @@ "é necessário realizar uma reinicialização.\n" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do auditor" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Salvar as regras" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Salvando as regras..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "As regras já estão bloqueadas." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -984,30 +1000,33 @@ "Reinicie o sistema para que a alteração tenha efeito.\n" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Falha ao reiniciar o daemon auditor." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações em auditd.conf" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "Inicie o yast2-audit-laf novamente e verifique as regras" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações em auditd.rules" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "Arquivo de log" +#~ msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +#~ msgstr "O módulo do kernel 'apparmor' está carregado.\n" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" #~ "Do you want to start it now?" @@ -1015,17 +1034,6 @@ #~ "O daemon do auditor não está em execução.\n" #~ "Você deseja iniciá-lo agora?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -#~ "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -#~ "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -#~ "Do you want to start the daemon now?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " O módulo do kernel 'apparmor' está carregado.\n" -#~ "O kernel usa um daemon auditor em execução para registrar os eventos\n" -#~ "de auditoria em /var/log/audit/audit.log (padrão). \n" -#~ "Você deseja iniciar o daemon agora?" - #~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." #~ msgstr "O daemon do auditor não está em execução." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-20 10:30-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -186,11 +186,13 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "Prevenção contra SPAM" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authenticated Clients" +msgid "Authentication Client" +msgstr "Clientes autenticados" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" msgstr "Domínios de autenticação configurados" @@ -213,876 +215,876 @@ #. initialize GUI #: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "TODO WRITE HELP" -msgstr "TODO ESCREVER AJUDA" +msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>" +msgstr "" #. Define Global Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." msgstr "Indica qual é a sintaxe do arquivo de configuração." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo serviços que são iniciados quando o próprio sssd inicia." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "Número de vezes que os serviços devem tentar se reconectar caso um provedor de dados trave ou reinicie" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "SSSD pode utilizar vários domínios ao mesmo tempo, mas ao meno um deve ser configurado, caso contrário o SSSD não será inicializado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "Este parâmetro contém a lista de domínios na ordem pela qual serão pesquisados." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "A expressão regular padrão que descreve como analisar a string contendo nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "O formato padrão compatível com printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla (nome, domínio) em um nome completamente qualificado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "O SSSD monitora o estado do resolv.conf para identificar quando é necessário atualizar seu resolver de DNS interno." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "Por padrão, tentaremos utilizar o inotify para isto. Caso não seja possível utilizá-lo, reverteremos para o polling do resolv.conf a cada 5 segundos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "O diretório no sistema de arquivos no qual o SSSD deve armazenar os arquivos do cache de replay do Kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "Esta string será utilizada como um nome de domínio padrão para todos os nomes sem um componente de nome de domínio." #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "A máscara de bits que indica quais níveis de depuração serão visíveis. 0x0010 é o valor padrão, bem como o menor valor permitido. 0xFFF0 é o modo mais descritivo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Adicione um timestamp às mensagens de depuração" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:70 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Adicione microssegundos ao timestamp nas mensagens de depuração" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:75 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "Timeout em segundos entre batidas para este serviço." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "Esta opção especifica a quantidade máxima de descritores de arquivos que podem ser abertos de uma única vez por este processo SSSD." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "Esta opção especifica a quantidade de segundos pela qual um cliente de um processo SSSD pode manter um descritor de arquivo aberto sem se comunicar através dele." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "Se um serviço não está respondendo às verificações pind (veja a opção \"timeout\"), ele receberá primeiro o sinal SIGTERM, que o instruirá a terminar corretamente." #. NSS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "O cache de entradas pode ser configurado para atualizar automaticamentes em background as entradas ser elas forem requisitadas além da porcentagem do valor de entry_cache_timeout para o domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve realizar cache de hits negativos de cache (ou seja, pesquisas por entradas inválidas de banco de dados, como entradas inexistentes) antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." msgstr "Excluir determinados usuários dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do sss." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:123 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." msgstr "Excluir determinados grupos dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do sss." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "Se você deseja que o usuário filtrado ainda seja membro de algum grupo, configure esta opção como \"falsa\"." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário. Você pode fornecer um valor absoluto ou um modelo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Configure um modelo padrão para o diretório de usuário se nenhum estiver especificado explicitamente pelo provedor de dados do domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Sobrescreve o shell de login para todos os usuários." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:144 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Restringe o shell do usuário para um dos valores listados." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:148 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Substitui quaisquer instâncias desses shells com o shell_fallback" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "O shell padrão a ser utilizado se um shell permitido não estiver instalado na máquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "O shell padrão a ser utilizado se provedor não retornar um durante a pesquisa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "Especifica o tempo em segundo durante o qual a lista de subdomínios será considerada válida." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "Especifica o tempo em segundos durante o qual os registros no cache em memória serão válidos." #. PAM configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "Se o provedor de autenticação estiver offline, por quanto tempo permitiremos logins em cache (em dias contados a partir do último login bem-sucedido)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "O tempo em minutos a aguardar após offline_failed_login_attempts ter sido atingido antes que uma nova tentativa de login seja possível." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "Controla quais tipos de mensagens são exibidas para o usuário durante a autenticação." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "Para qualquer requisição PAM enquanto o SSSD estiver online, o SSSD tentará atualizar imediatamente as informações de identidade em cache para o usuário de forma a garantir que a autenticação seja realizada com as últimas informações." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:990 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Exibe um aviso N dias antes da expiração da senha." #. SUDO configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "Se a avaliação dos atributos sudoNotBefore e sudoNotAfter deve ocorrer ou não. Esses atributos implementam entradas de sudoers dependentes de horário." #. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o responder do autofs deve manter o cache de hits negativos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #. SSH configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "Define se deve ou não ser realizado o hash de nomes de máquinas de endereços no arquivo known_hosts." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "Por quantos segundos uma máquina deve ser mantida no arquivo gerenciado known_hosts após a requisição de suas chaves." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "Limites de UID e GID para o domínio. Se um domínio contiver uma entrada que estiver fora desses limites, ele será ignorado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." msgstr "Determina se um domínio pode ser enumerado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "Se o serviço não terminar após \"force_timeout\" segundos, o monitor o desligará de maneira forçada enviando um sinal SIGKILL." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de usuário como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de grupo como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de netgroup válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de serviço como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o sudo deve considerar as regras como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o serviço autofs deve considerar os mapas do automounter como válidos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." msgstr "Determina se as credenciais do usuário também serão armazenadas em cache no cache local LDB." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "Quantidade de dias durante os quais as entradas serão mantidas no cache após o último login bem-sucedido antes que sejam removidas durante uma limpeza de cache." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor de identificação utilizado para o domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "Utilize o nome completo e domínio (como formatado pelo full_name_format do domínio) como nome do usuário relatado ao NSS." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor de autenticação utilizado pelo domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:325 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor de controle de acesso utilizado pelo domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar operações de alteração de senha para o domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor SUDO utilizado pelo domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:343 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar o carregamento das configurações do selinux." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:349 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar a pesquisa de subdomínios." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:355 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor autofs utilizado pelo domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:361 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "O provedor utilizar para receber informações de identidade da máquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "Expressão regular para este domínio que descreve como analisar a string contendo o nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "Um formato compatível com o printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla (nome, domínio) para este domínio em um nome completamente qualificado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "Fornece a habilidade de selecionar famílias de endereços preferidos a serem utilizados durante a pesquisa de DNS." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "Define por quanto tempo (em segundos) deve-se aguardar por uma resposta do resolver DNS antes de assumir que ele está inatingível." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." msgstr "Utilize a parte do domínio do nome de máquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "Se a descoberta de serviço for utilizada na infraestrutura, especifique a parte do domínio da consulta DNS de descoberta de domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Sobrescreve o valor GID primário com o valor especificado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:396 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas e minúsculas nos nomes de usuário e grupo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "Quando um usuário ou grupo é pesquisado por nome no provedor de proxy, uma segunda consulta por ID é realizada para 'canonizar' o nome pesquisado caso ele seja um apelido." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "User este homedir como valor padrão para todos os subdomínios dentro deste domínio." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:412 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo login é permitido." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é permitido. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo acesso é explicitamente negado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é explicitamente negado. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "O DN base padrão a ser utilizado para aplicar as regras sudo do LDAP." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "As ferramentas concatenam o nome de login ao base_directory utilizam o resultado como diretório do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Indica se um diretório home deve ser criado por padrão para novos usuários." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "Indica se um diretório home deve ser excluído por padrão para usuários excluídos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "Utilizado pelo sss_useradd(8) para especificar as permissões padrão em um diretório home recém-criado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "O diretório esqueleto que contém arquivos e diretórios a serem copiados para o diretório do usuário, quando ele for criado pelo sss_useradd(8)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "O diretório de spool de e-mail." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:471 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "O comando executado após a remoção de um usuário." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula que contém as URIs dos servidores LDAP nos quais o SSSD deve se conectar na ordem de preferência." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo URIs dos servidores LDAP aos quais o SSSd deve ser conectar em ordem de preferência para alterar a senha de um usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." msgstr "O DB base padrão a ser utilizado para realizar operações em usuários LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:509 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." msgstr "Especifica o tipo de esquema em uso no servidor LDAP de destino." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:513 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "O DN padrão de associação para realizar operações LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:519 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "O tipo de token de autenticação para o DN padrão de associação." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:523 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "O token de autenticação para o DN padrão de associação." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:528 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "A classe de objeto de uma entrada de usuário no LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:533 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao nome de usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:538 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador (id) do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:543 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador de grupo primário do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:548 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao campo gecos do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome do diretório do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o caminho para o shell padrão do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:563 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o UUID/GUID de um objeto de usuário LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:568 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o objectSID de um objeto de usuário LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última modificação no objeto pai." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data da última alteração de senha)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade mínima da senha)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade máxima da senha)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de aviso)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de inatividade da senha)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ou ldap_access_expire_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data de expiração da conta)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAp que armazena a data e horário da última alteração de senha no kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena a data e horário de expiração da senha atual." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena o horário de expiração da conta." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena o campo de bit de controle de conta do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou equivalente, este parâmetro determina se o acesso é permitido ou não." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina se o acesso é permitido ou não." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina até qual data o acesso será permitido." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina a quantidade de horas por dia durante as quais o acesso é permitido." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome principal de usuário do Kerberos (UPN)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém as chaves públicas de SSH do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Alguns servidores de dicionário (ex.: Active Directory), podem enviar a parte realm do UPN em minúscula, o que pode causar falha na autenticação." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Configure esta opção para \"verdadeiro\" se quiser utilizar um realm em maiúsculas." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o SSSD deve aguardar antes de atualizar o cache de registros enumerados." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Determina a frequência de verificação do cache por entradas inativas (ex.: grupos vazios e usuários que nunca efetuaram login) e as remove para limpar espaço." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao nome completo do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:678 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que lista os grupos dos quais o usuário faz parte." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=authorized_service, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo authorizedService na entrada do usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de acesso." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=host, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo host na entrada de usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de acesso." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "A classe de objeto de uma entrada de grupo no LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:703 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "O atributo LDAp que corresponde ao nome de grupo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:708 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador (id) do grupo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:713 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os nomes dos membros do grupo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:718 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o UUID/GUID de um objeto de grupo LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:723 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o objectSID de um objeto de grupo LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última alteração do objeto pai." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Se o ldap_schema estiver definido para um formato de esquema que suporta grupos aninhados (ex.: RFC2307bis), então esta opção controla quantos níveis de aninhamento o SSSD irá seguir." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações de pesquisa de grupos em implantações com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de aninhamento." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações initgroups (notavelmente ao lidar com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de aninhamento)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " A classe de objeto de uma entrada netgroup no LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:758 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao nome netgroup." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:763 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os nomes dos membros do netgroup." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém as triplas (máquina, usuário, domínio) do netgroup." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o UUID/GUID de um objeto netgroup do LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "A classe de objeto de uma entrada de serviço no LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome de atributos de serviço e seus apelidos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém a porta gerenciada por este serviço." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os protocolos entendidos por este serviço." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap podem ser executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache retornados (e antes que seja ativado o modo offline)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap por enumerações de usuários e grupos podem ser executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache sejam retornados (e antes que seja ativado o modo offline)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) após o qual o poll(2)/select(2) que segue um connect(2) retorna caso não haja nenhuma atividade." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Especifica um timeout (em segundos) após o qual as chamadas para as APIs síncronas do LDAP serão canceladas se nenhuma resposta for recebida." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Especifica um timeout (em segundos) pelo qual uma conexão a um servidor LDAP será mantida." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Especifica o número de registros a recuperar do LDAP em uma única requisição. Alguns servidores LDAP forçam um limite máximo por requisição." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Desabilitar o controle de paginação LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Ao se comunicar com um servidor LDAP utilizando SASL, especifique o nível de segurança mínimo necessário para estabelecer a conexão." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Especifique a quantidade de membros de grupo que devem estar faltando no cache interno para que uma pesquisa de derreferenciamento seja iniciada." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "Especifica quais verificações deverão ser realizadas nos certificados de servidor em uma sessão TLS, se existirem." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Especifica o arquivo que contém certificados para todas as autoridades certificadoras que serão reconhecidas pelo sssd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Especifica o caminho de um diretório que contém certificados de uma autoridade certificadora em arquivos individuais." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Especifica o arquivo que contém o certificado para a chave do cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:873 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Especifica o arquivo que contém a chave do cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:878 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Especifica conjuntos de cifras aceitáveis." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Especifica que a conexão id_provider deve utilizar também TLS para proteger o canal." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Especifica que o SSSD deve tentar mapear os identificadores de usuário e grupo a partir dos atributos ldap_user_objectsid e ldap_group_objectsid ao invés de confiar nos atributos ldap_user_uid_number e ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Especifica o mecanismo SASL a ser utilizado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:897 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Especifica o identificador de autorização SASL a ser utilizado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:902 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Especifica o realm SASL a ser utilizado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Se configurado como \"verdadeiro\", a biblioteca LDAP irá realizar uma pesquisa reversa para canonizar o nome de máquina durante uma associação SASL." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Especifique o keytab a ser utilizar com SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:917 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Especifica que o id_provider deve iniciar as credenciais Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:922 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Especifica o tempo de vida em segundos do TGT se o GSSAPI for utilizado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Seleciona a política de avaliação da expiração de senha no lado do cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 #, fuzzy msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Especifica se o chasing automático de referências deve ser habilitado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:937 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Especifica o nome do serviço a ser utilizado quando a descoberta de serviço estiver habilitada." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Especifica o nome de serviço a utilizar para pesquisar por um servidor LDAP que permite alterações de senhas quando a descoberta de serviços estiver habilitada." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Especifica se o atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change deverá ser atualizado com os dias desde a Época após uma alteração de senha." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Se os atributos access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=filter forem utilizados (padrão) esta opção é obrigatória. Ela especifica um critério de filtro de pesquisa LDAP que deve ser utilizado para que seja concedido acesso ao usuário nesta máquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "Com esta opção pode-se habilitar uma avaliação dos atributos de controle de acesso no lado do cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo opções de controle de acesso." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:967 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 #, fuzzy msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Especifica como o derreferenciamento de apelidos é feito ao realizar uma pesquisa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Permite manter usuários locais como membros de um grupo LDAP para sevidores que usam o esquema RFC2307." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo endereços de IP ou nomes de máquina dos servidores Kerberos aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar, em ordem de preferência." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "O nome do realm do Kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Se o serviço de alteração de senha não estiver em execução no KDC, servidores alternativos podem ser definidos aqui." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Diretório no qual serão armazenados os caches de credenciais." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1024 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Local do cache de credenciais do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "Timeout em segundos após o qual uma requisição de autenticação online ou requisição de alteração de senha será cancelada." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Verifique com a ajuda do krb5_keytab que o TGT obtido não foi alvo de spoofing." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "A localização do keytab a ser utilizado ao validar credenciais obtidas dos KDCs." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Armazene a senha do usuário se o provedor estiver offline e use-a para requisitar um TGT quando o provedor ficar online novamente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Solicite um ticket renovável com um tempo de vida total, dado como inteiro seguido imediatamente por uma unidade de tempo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Solicite um ticket com um tempo de vida, dado como um inteiro seguido imediatamente de uma unidade de tempo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "O tempo em segundos entre duas verificações se o TGT tiver que ser renovado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Habilita o tunelamento seguro de autenticação flexível (FAST) para a pré-autenticação Kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1070 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1083 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio Active Directory." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos servidores AD aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "Opcional. Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome completamente qualificado utilizado no domínio do Active Directory para identificar esta máquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Especifica o valor mínimo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Especifica o valor máximo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1126 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica o SID de domínio do domínio padrão." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1130 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio padrão." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Altera o comportamento do algoritmo de mapeamento de ID para se comportar de forma semelhante ao algoritmo \"idmap_autorid\" do winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1147 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio IPA." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos servidores IPA aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome completamente qualificado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSd para atualizar automaticamente o servidor de DNS embutido no FreeIPA v2 com o endereço IP deste cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "O TTL a ser aplicado ao registro de cliente DNS durante sua atualização." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 +#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Escolha a interface que possui o endereço IP que deve ser utilizado para atualizações dinâmicas de DNS." @@ -1092,18 +1094,24 @@ #. Summary() #. returns html formated configuration summary #. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336 msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" msgstr "O sistema está configurado para utilizar nss_ldap.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339 msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" msgstr "O sistema está configurado para utilizar sssd.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" msgstr "O sistema está configurado para utilizar OES.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "O sistema está configurado para utilizar somente /etc/passwd.\n" + +#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" +#~ msgstr "Prevenção contra SPAM" + +#~ msgid "TODO WRITE HELP" +#~ msgstr "TODO ESCREVER AJUDA" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 17:13-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -290,8 +290,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:202 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -479,15 +479,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:907 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 msgid "Enter a password" msgstr "Digite uma senha" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:913 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:430 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." msgstr "As senhas informadas não são iguais. Tente novamente." @@ -630,9 +630,9 @@ msgstr "Digite a nova &Senha" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" msgstr "&Validar senha" @@ -2120,8 +2120,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." @@ -2237,76 +2237,76 @@ #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações para o banco de dados atual." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." msgstr "Não foi possível ler as configurações para o banco de dados atual." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 msgid "New Administrator &Password" msgstr "Nova &senha de administração" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 #, fuzzy msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "Criptografia d&e Senha " -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" msgstr "Alterar senha de administração" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1040 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 #, fuzzy msgid "No" msgstr "Não" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1045 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "Múltiplos consumidores de replicação não são suportados aualmente" #. **************************************** #. tree generation functions ** #. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 msgid "Index Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de índice" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da política de senha" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 msgid "Access Control Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de controle de acesso" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 msgid "Replication Provider" msgstr "Provedor de Replicação" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 msgid "Replication Consumer" msgstr "Consumidor de Replicação" @@ -2547,26 +2547,32 @@ msgstr "Atributo" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 msgid "Presence" msgstr "Presença" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 msgid "Equality" msgstr "Igualdade" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 #, fuzzy msgid "Substring" msgstr "Subtexto" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "Change Administrator Password" msgstr "Mudar senha de administração" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Kerberos" +msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" +msgstr "Usar Kerberos" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" msgstr "Adicionar índice" @@ -3031,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "Esquema do Kerberos desconhecido pelo servidor LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "Não foi possível executar kdb5_ldap_util." @@ -3296,7 +3302,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "Não foi possível criar o diretório de banco de dados." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "Não foi possível ajustar as propriedades do diretório do banco de dados." @@ -3320,91 +3326,91 @@ msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "Falha ao criar o bando de dados Kerberos." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "Falha ao salvar o arquivo de senhas." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "não é um DN LDAP válido." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "possui RDNs com múltiplos valores." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "O valor do atributo \"c\" deve conter um código de país de 2 letras no ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "Primeira parte do sufixo deve ser c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= ou dc=." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "O DN raiz deve ser um objeto filho da base DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "Não foi possível criar o diretório." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "Erro ao tentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "Falha ao salvar krb5.conf." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "Falha ao salvar kdc.conf" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-29 22:39-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "habilitar/desabilitar todo o gerenciamento de pacotes" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Lista de parâmetros vazia" @@ -131,24 +131,31 @@ msgstr "O caminho para o perfil do AutoYaST deve estar definido." #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Cliente para a criação de perfil do AutoYaST baseado no sistema em execução" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Módulos conhecidos: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Lista separada por vírgulas dos módulos a serem clonados" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" +msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" +msgstr "%1 já existe! Realmente sobrescrever?" + +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Clonando o sistema..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "O perfil AutoYaST resultante pode ser encontrado em %s." @@ -503,64 +510,74 @@ msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Criar planos de partição" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +msgid "Configure Bootloader" +msgstr "Configurar o carregador de inicialização" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Registro" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Configurar seleções de software" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 -msgid "Configure Bootloader" -msgstr "Configurar o carregador de inicialização" - -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Configure o destino padrão do systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Executando scripts de usuário de pré-instalação..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Configurando opções gerais..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Configurando o idioma..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Criando planos de partição..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." +msgstr "Configurando o carregador de inicialização..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repairing file system..." +msgid "Registering the system..." +msgstr "Reparando o sistema de arquivos..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Configurando seleções de software..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 -msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." -msgstr "Configurando o carregador de inicialização..." - -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Configurando o destino padrão do systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Preparando o sistema para a instalação automática" #. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:161 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Gerenciamento de produtos complementares..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:181 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:144 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Configurando o idioma..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:267 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -569,7 +586,7 @@ "Tente novamente.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -579,55 +596,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Mensagens" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "E&xibir mensagens" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Mensagens de lo&g" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Tempo de espera (em seg.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Avisos" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "E&xibir avisos" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Av&isos de log" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Tempo de espera (em s&eg.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Erros" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Exibir erro&s" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "Re&gistrar erros" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Tempo &de espera (em seg.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" @@ -635,7 +652,7 @@ "<p>Dependendo de sua experiência, você pode ignorar, registrar e exibir\n" "(com tempo de espera) as mensagens da instalação.</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" @@ -643,7 +660,7 @@ "<p>É recomendado exibir todas as <b>mensagens</b> com tempo de espera.\n" "Os avisos podem ser pulados em alguns lugares, mas não devem ser ignorados.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Mensagens e log" @@ -1024,7 +1041,7 @@ msgstr "No&vo" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:172 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" @@ -1219,31 +1236,27 @@ msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupos" -#. Creates the modules selection box displaying modules in the specified group. -#. The specified YaST module is selected. -#. -#. @param [String] group_name YaST group of modules to display. -#. @param [String] selectedModule Module to preselect. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:151 +#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 msgid "No modules available" msgstr "Nenhum módulo disponível." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Módulos" #. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column #. #. @return The `HBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:167 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 msgid "&Clone" msgstr "&Clonar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:168 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 msgid "&Apply to System" msgstr "&Aplicar ao sistema" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:173 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 msgid "Clea&r" msgstr "&Limpar" @@ -1251,7 +1264,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. #. @return The `VBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:192 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalhes" @@ -1551,7 +1564,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:791 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Verificando XML com validação RNG..." @@ -1561,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "Seção %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:803 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Verificando XML com validação RNC..." @@ -1600,7 +1613,7 @@ msgstr "Reiniciar a máquina após a segunda etapa" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:118 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Gerenciamento de assinaturas" @@ -2259,7 +2272,7 @@ #. Read rules file #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "Falha na análise do arquivo de regras. O analisador de XML informa:\n" @@ -2267,12 +2280,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "O analisador de XML informou um erro durante a análise do perfil do AutoYaST. Mensagem de erro:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2288,45 +2301,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:271 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Escolher o perfil" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:327 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle do disquete." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:330 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor TFTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:336 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor NFS: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor HTTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:348 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor FTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Copiando arquivo de controle do arquivo %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:359 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Copiando arquivo de controle do dispositivo /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:363 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Copiando arquivo de controle do local padrão." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Fonte desconhecida." @@ -2336,7 +2349,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:445 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2346,7 +2359,7 @@ "<p>Com algumas exceções, quase todos recursos do arquivo de controle\n" "podem ser configurados usando o sistema de gerenciamento de configuração.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2360,7 +2373,7 @@ "ser usado para instalar outro sistema usando o AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2378,12 +2391,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - Unidade" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "- Grupo de volume" @@ -2394,74 +2407,74 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:82 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Confirma a instalação?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:100 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:107 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:114 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:100 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 msgid "No" msgstr "Não" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Segunda etapa do AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Desligando a máquina após a etapa um" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:105 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Desligando a máquina após a etapa dois" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:112 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Reinicie a máquina após a etapa dois" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Aceitando arquivos não assinados" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:123 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Não aceitando arquivos não assinados" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Aceitando arquivos sem soma de verificação" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Não aceitando arquivos sem soma de verificação" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Aceitando verificações com falha" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Não aceitando verificações com falha" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:148 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Aceitando chaves GPG desconhecidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:149 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Não aceitando chaves GPG desconhecidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:154 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Importando novas chaves GPG" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:155 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Não importando novas chaves GPG" @@ -2482,11 +2495,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Unidades" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "Total de %1 unidade" @@ -2550,31 +2563,31 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:312 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Falha ao adicionar o repositório %1" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de padrões. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Criando imagem - instalando pacotes" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de pacotes. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Armazenar imagem em..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." @@ -2582,16 +2595,16 @@ "Agora você pode alterar a imagem em %1/\n" "Se você pressionar o botão Ok, a imagem será comprimida e não poderá mais ser alterada." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Falha na compressão da imagem em '%1'. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Imagem criada com sucesso" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2600,30 +2613,30 @@ "Você pode criar o arquivo com 'ls - F > directory.yast' se ele não existir." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:509 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "não foi possível ler '%1'. Tentar novamente?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "Não foi possível ler '%1': falha na criação da imagem ISO." #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:557 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Preparando estrutura de arquivos da imagem ISO..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:606 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "configuração da inicialização do DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:610 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2633,43 +2646,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:632 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Armazenar a imagem ISO em..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:633 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Criando o arquivo ISO..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO criada com sucesso em %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Padrões selecionados" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:740 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Pacotes selecionados individualmente" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Pacotes a remover" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Forçar pacote do kernel" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:843 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Não foi possível definir padrões: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "Falha na execução do resolvedor de pacotes. Verifique sua seção de software no perfil do AutoYaST." @@ -2717,7 +2730,7 @@ #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Perfil AutoYaST criptografado. Digite a senha duas vezes." @@ -2725,14 +2738,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Não foi possível escrever a seção %1 no arquivo %2." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:679 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Perfil AutoYaST criptografado. Digite a senha correta." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 13:10-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ignorar" @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581 msgid "&Password" msgstr "S&enha" @@ -2648,37 +2648,37 @@ "Espaços não são permitidos.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Zona externa" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Zona interna" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:117 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Zona desmilitarizada" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:238 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:240 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:242 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:244 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -2714,82 +2714,72 @@ "Execute o firewall do YaST2 e associe-a.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "Verificar dispositivos de rede" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "Ler a configuração atual" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "Verificar possíveis serviços conflitantes" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 -msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" -msgstr "Ler as definições dinâmicas dos serviços instalados" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "Verificando dispositivos de rede..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2506 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "Lendo a configuração atual..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2508 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "Verificando possíveis serviços conflitantes..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2510 -msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..." -msgstr "Lendo as definições dinâmicas dos serviços instalados..." - #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2679 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2681 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Ajustar o serviço do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2685 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2687 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Ajustando o serviço do firewall..." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2706 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Falha ao salvar as configurações" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Protocolo desconhecido (%1) " @@ -2912,18 +2902,18 @@ #. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], #. ] #. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:345 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:617 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "O serviço com o nome '%{service_name}' não existe" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Serviço: %{filename}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:483 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Serviço desconhecido '%1'" @@ -2948,51 +2938,51 @@ msgstr "&Desinstalar" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pacote: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Tamanho:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Tempo restante para a tentativa automática: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Baixando o pacote %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Baixando o pacote" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Exibir &detalhes" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "O pacote %1 está corrompido. Falha na verificação da integridade." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Repetir a instalação do pacote?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Cancelar a instalação?" @@ -3001,15 +2991,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Erro: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3018,35 +3008,35 @@ "Verifique o sistema mais tarde executando o módulo de gerenciamento de software.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Desinstalando o pacote %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Instalando o pacote %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Desinstalando o pacote" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Instalando o pacote" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Falha ao remover o pacote %1." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Falha ao instalar o pacote %1." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3055,7 +3045,7 @@ "O sistema deve ser verificado mais tarde através da execução do módulo de gerenciamento de software." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3070,27 +3060,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Lado A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Lado B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (disco %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (mídia %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3099,7 +3089,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3112,7 +3102,7 @@ "Verifique se o diretório está acessível." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3125,89 +3115,89 @@ "Verifique se o servidor está acessível." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "A mídia correta do repositório não pode ser montada." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Ignorar a atualização automática" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Ejetar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Ejetar a&utomaticamente a mídia de CD/DVD" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Repetir a instalação?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Ignorar a mídia?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignorando a mídia defeituosa..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Criando o repositório %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a criação do repositório." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Não foi possível obter a descrição do repositório remoto." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro ao obter os novos metadados." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "O repositório não é válido." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Os metadados do repositório são inválidos." @@ -3215,96 +3205,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Repetir?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Testando o repositório %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante o teste do repositório." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detalhes do teste do repositório." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Os metadados do repositório são inválidos." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repositório %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM delta %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM delta" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Aplicando o pacote RPM delta %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Aplicando o pacote RPM delta" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM de correção %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM de correção" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Iniciando o script %1 (correção %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Executando o script" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Correção: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Script: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Saída do script" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3313,7 +3303,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3328,44 +3318,44 @@ "podem faltar ou estarem desatualizados." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Ig&norar atualização" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Baixando" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Baixando: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Verificando o banco de dados de pacotes" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Reconstruindo o banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode levar algum tempo." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3374,12 +3364,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Convertendo o banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode levar algum tempo." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3388,12 +3378,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Lendo os pacotes instalados" @@ -3404,27 +3394,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Falha na inicialização do destino." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Banco de dados RPM lido" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Autenticação de usuário" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3435,7 +3425,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nome de &usuário" @@ -4882,7 +4872,7 @@ msgstr "Não exibir esta mensagem novamente" #. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:409 +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a criação do initrd." @@ -5884,6 +5874,12 @@ "Não há uma zona reversa para o %1 administrado por seu servidor DNS.\n" "Não é possível adicionar o nome de máquina %2." +#~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" +#~ msgstr "Ler as definições dinâmicas dos serviços instalados" + +#~ msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..." +#~ msgstr "Lendo as definições dinâmicas dos serviços instalados..." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" #~ "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 16:59-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -39,77 +39,53 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" -msgstr "Remover uma opção global ou opção de uma seção" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set a global option" +msgid "Delete a global option" +msgstr "Configurar opção global" #. command line help text for set action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" -msgstr "Configurar uma opção global ou opção de uma seção" +msgid "Set a global option" +msgstr "Configurar opção global" -#. command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72 -msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -msgstr "Adicionar uma nova seção - por favor, use o modo interativo" - #. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 msgid "Print value of specified option" msgstr "Exibir o valor da opção especificada" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The name of the section" -msgstr "O nome da seção" - -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 msgid "The key of the option" msgstr "A chave da opção" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 msgid "The value of the option" msgstr "O valor da opção" -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 -msgid "Section %1 not found." -msgstr "A seção %1 não foi encontrada." - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "O valor não foi especificado." -#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name -#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "Adicionar opção somente está disponível no modo interativo da linha de comando" - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 -msgid "Section name must be specified." -msgstr "O nome da seção deve ser especificado." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176 msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "A opção não foi especificada." +#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value: %1" +msgid "Value: %s" +msgstr "Valor: %1" + #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "A opção especificada não existe." -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287 -msgid "Value: %1" -msgstr "Valor: %1" - #. progress step title #: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." @@ -138,52 +114,25 @@ msgstr "O sistema vai reiniciar agora..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Nenhum carregador de inicialização selecionado para instalação. Seu sistema pode não inicializar." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado corretamente" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Inicializando" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Inicializando" -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 -msgid "Disk Order" -msgstr "Ordem de disco" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Configurações de ordem de disco" - -#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68 -msgid "Boot Menu" -msgstr "Menu de inicialização" - -#. `VSpacing(1), -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "Opções do carregador de inicialização" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -271,21 +220,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" -"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Usar grub confiável</b> significa instalar um grub confiável e usá-lo. A opção <i>Arquivo de menu gráfico</i> será ignorada.\n" -"É recomendado instalar o grub na MBR</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inicializar da MBR (Master Boot Record)</b> não é recomendado se você possui outro sistema operacional\n" "instalado no computador</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" @@ -297,7 +238,7 @@ "nas <b>Opções do carregador de inicialização</b> para atualizar a MBR, caso seja necessário ou configurar o outro\n" "carregador de inicialização para iniciar esta seção.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" @@ -305,11 +246,11 @@ "<p><b>Inicializar da partição estendida</b> deve ser selecionado se sua partição raiz está\n" "em uma partição lógica e a partição /boot está faltando</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Partição de inicialização personalizada</b> permite que você escolha uma partição da qual será feita a inicialização</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" @@ -317,15 +258,19 @@ "<p>A lista MD é construída a partir de 2 discos. <b>Habilitar redundância para\n" "lista de MD</b> habilita a escrita do GRUB para a MBR em ambos os discos.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Usar console serial</b> permite que você defina os parâmetros a serem usados\n" "para um console serial. Consulte a documentação do grub (<code>info grub</code>) para detalhes.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -338,7 +283,7 @@ "comando, como <code>serial console</code>. Nesse caso, um terminal \n" "no qual você pressionar qualquer tecla será selecionado como um terminal GRUB.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" @@ -346,19 +291,11 @@ "<p><b>Seções alternativas se o padrão falhar</b> contém uma lista de números de\n" "seção que serão usados para a inicialização se não for possível inicializar a seção padrão.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>A seleção de <b>Ocultar menu durante inicialização</b> ocultará o menu de inicialização.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Arquivo de menu gráfico</b> define o arquivo a ser usado para o menu de inicialização gráfico.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 -msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Habilitar sinais acústicos</b> habilita/desabilita sinais acústicos.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -369,7 +306,7 @@ "em <b>Redigitar senha</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -383,197 +320,120 @@ "Para adicionar um disco, clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n" "Para remover um disco, clique em <b>Remover</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Localizações do carregador de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Definir indicador &ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Tempo de espera em segundos" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Seção de inicialização pa&drão" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Gravar código de inicialização &genérico na MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" -msgstr "Usar grub &confiável" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Partição de inicialização personalizada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Inicializar da MBR (Master Boot Record)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição raiz" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição estendida" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Parâmetros de conexão serial" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Seções alternativas se o padrão falhar" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Ocultar menu durante inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Graphical &Menu File" -msgstr "Arquivo de &menu gráfico" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "&Senha para a interface do menu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "&Indicador de depuração" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration -#. and installation -#. -#. Authors: -#. Jiri Srain <jsrain@suse.cz> -#. Joachim Plack <jplack@suse.de> -#. Olaf Dabrunz <od@suse.de> -#. Philipp Thomas <pth@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68 -msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" -msgstr "Escolher novo arquivo de menu gráfico" - -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))), -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129 -msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" -msgstr "Habilitar &sinais acústicos" - #. Validate function of a popup #. @param [String] key any widget key #. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation #. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Prot&eger carregador de inicialização com senha" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78 msgid "&Password" msgstr "S&enha" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Redigi&tar a senha" -#. Common widget of a console -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "Usar console &serial" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "Argumentos do &console" - -#. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Dispositivo" - -#. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "O mapa de dispositivos deve conter pelo menos um dispositivo" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "D&iscos" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 -msgid "&Up" -msgstr "Para &cima" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 -msgid "&Down" -msgstr "Para &baixo" - #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição &raiz" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da par&tição de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "Partição de inicialização personali&zada" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Localização do carregador de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Inicializar da &MBR (Master Boot Record)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição &estendida" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Partição de inicialização personali&zada" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Habilitar red&undância para lista de MD" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "&Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização" - #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" @@ -589,6 +449,11 @@ msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Opções do carregador de inicialização" +#. Window title +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 +msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgstr "Opções do carregador de inicialização" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Inicialização segura" @@ -598,12 +463,12 @@ msgstr "Habilitar o suporte à inicialização &segura" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "&Localização do carregador de inicialização" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "Escolha a partição aonde a sequência de instalação está instalada." @@ -622,12 +487,10 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Parâmetro opcional de linha de comando do kernel</b> permite definir parâmetros globais adicionais a serem passados para o kernel.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Modo VGA</b> define o modo VGA para o <i>console</i> a ser definido pelo kernel na inicialização.</p>" @@ -648,7 +511,6 @@ msgstr "<p><b>Distribuidor</b> especifica o nome do distribuidor do kernel usado para criar a nome da entrada de inicialização. </p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Parâmetro &opcional da linha de comando do kernel" @@ -657,7 +519,6 @@ msgstr "D&istribuidor" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Modo &VGA" @@ -678,30 +539,20 @@ #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels #. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) #. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523 msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (modo %4)" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537 msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." msgstr "Modo de fonte padrão de 8 pixels." #. item of a combo box -#. item of a combo box #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540 msgid "Text Mode" msgstr "Modo texto" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541 msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "Não especificado" @@ -744,17 +595,21 @@ msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Tema do &console" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "Usar console &serial" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "Argumentos do &console" + #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "Carregador de inicialização não suportado '%s'. Ajuste seu perfil do AutoYaST de acordo." #. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo" @@ -762,183 +617,27 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "A partição de inicialização é do tipo NFS. O carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Configurações do carregador de inicialização" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "Não há opções a serem definidas para o carregador de inicialização atual." -#. heading -#. heading -#. heading -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "Kernel Section" -msgstr "Seção do kernel" - -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636 -msgid "Section Settings" -msgstr "Configurações da seção" - -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" -msgstr "Configurações do carregador de inicialização: gerenciamento de seções" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585 -msgid "Xen Section" -msgstr "Seção do XEN" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591 -msgid "Menu Section" -msgstr "Seção de menu" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593 -msgid "Dump Section" -msgstr "Seção do dump" - -#. label -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628 -msgid "Other System Section" -msgstr "Outra seção do sistema" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803 -msgid "&Filename" -msgstr "&Nome do arquivo" - -#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 -msgid "Filename: %1" -msgstr "Nome do arquivo: %1" - -#. multiline edit header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 -msgid "Fi&le Contents" -msgstr "Conteúdo do &arquivo" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836 -msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração manual avançada" - -#. sections list widget -#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections -#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Outro" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116 -msgid "Image" -msgstr "Imagem" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134 -msgid "Xen" -msgstr "Xen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -msgid "Floppy" -msgstr "Disquete" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "Menu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161 -msgid "Dump" -msgstr "Dump" - -#. table header, Def stands for default -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255 -msgid "Def." -msgstr "Padrão" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "Rótulo" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Tipo" - -#. table header; header for section details, either -#. the specification of the kernel image to load, -#. or the specification of device to boot from -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 -msgid "Image / Device" -msgstr "Imagem/dispositivo" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271 -msgid "Set as De&fault" -msgstr "De&finir como padrão" - #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "Carregador de &inicialização" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -952,116 +651,66 @@ "\n" "Continuar?\n" -#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 -msgid "" -"\n" -"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" -"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" -"\n" -"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" -"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" -"\n" -"Select a course of action:\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Você optou por alterar o carregador de inicialização. Durante a conversão\n" -"da configuração, algumas definições poderão ser perdidas.\n" -" \n" -"A configuração atual será salva e você poderá restaurá-la\n" -"se retornar para o carregador de inicialização atual.\n" -" \n" -"Selecione um plano de ação:\n" +#. menu button entry +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181 +msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +msgstr "E&ditar arquivos de configuração" -#. radiobutton #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "&Propor nova configuração" -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406 -msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" -msgstr "Co&nverter a configuração atual" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415 -msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" -msgstr "Iniciar nova configuração do &zero" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423 -msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" -msgstr "Ler a configu&ração salva em disco" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433 -msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" -msgstr "Recuperar a configuração salva an&tes da conversão" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514 -msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -msgstr "Selecione o carregador de inicialização antes de editar as seções." - -#. pushbutton -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "E&ditar arquivos de configuração" - #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "Inicia&r do zero" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "&Reler a configuração do disco" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "Recuperar MBR do disco rígido" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "Salvar no disco o código de inicialização do carregador de inicialização" +#. menu button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Outro" + #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "MBR restaurada com sucesso." #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "Falha ao restaurar MBR." #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "Falha na gravação das configurações do carregador de inicialização." -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 -msgid "&Section Management" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de &seções" - -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 -msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" -msgstr "&Instalação do carregador de inicialização" - #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340 msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "Opções do carregador de &inicialização" +#. push button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353 +msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +msgstr "&Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização" + #. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 msgid "" @@ -1080,18 +729,9 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Salvando a configuração do carregador de inicialização</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Por favor, aguarde...<br></p>" -#. help text, optional part of following +#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" -"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -msgstr "" -"Se vários sistemas Linux estiverem instalados,\n" -"o YaST poderá tentar encontrá-los e mesclar seus menus." - -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 -msgid "" "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" @@ -1103,7 +743,7 @@ "a configuração salva no seu disco. %1</P>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" @@ -1112,7 +752,7 @@ "manualmente, clique em <B>Editar arquivos de configuração</B>.</P>" #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu.</P>" @@ -1121,7 +761,7 @@ "no menu de inicialização.</P>" #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" "selected section.</P>" @@ -1130,7 +770,7 @@ "selecionada.</P>" #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -1147,7 +787,7 @@ "pode ser alterada com o uso dos botões <B>Para cima</B> e <B>Para baixo</B>.</P>" #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" @@ -1158,7 +798,7 @@ #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" @@ -1167,7 +807,7 @@ "O carregador de inicialização (%1) pode ser instalado nas seguintes formas:</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" @@ -1178,7 +818,7 @@ "no computador.</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" @@ -1198,24 +838,8 @@ "caso seja necessário ou para configurar o seu outro carregador de inicialização\n" "para iniciar o &product;.</p>" -#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 -#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n" -"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" -"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" -"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- Em um <b>Disquete</b>.\n" -"Use esta opção para evitar o risco de interferência em um mecanismo\n" -"de inicialização existente. Habilite a inicialização a partir do disquete\n" -"na BIOS da sua máquina para usar essa opção.</p>" - #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" @@ -1226,7 +850,7 @@ "ao selecionar essa opção.</p>" #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -1239,7 +863,7 @@ "talvez você consiga ou não iniciar a partir de uma partição lógica.</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" @@ -1250,7 +874,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) no campo de entrada.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" @@ -1261,7 +885,7 @@ "dispositivo), clique em <b>Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" @@ -1272,7 +896,7 @@ "e qual deverá ser instalado, use <b>Carregador de inicialização</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" @@ -1283,7 +907,7 @@ "<b>Opções do carregador de inicialização</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" @@ -1294,7 +918,7 @@ "<P>Observação: o arquivo de configuração final poderá ter recuo diferente.</P>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" @@ -1305,7 +929,7 @@ "inicialização. O nome da seção deve ser exclusivo.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" @@ -1314,7 +938,7 @@ "Selecione o tipo da nova seção a ser criada.</p>" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" @@ -1325,7 +949,7 @@ "seção selecionada.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start.</p>" @@ -1334,7 +958,7 @@ "outra imagem a ser carregada e iniciada.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" @@ -1343,7 +967,7 @@ "mas iniciá-lo em um ambiente do XEN.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" @@ -1353,7 +977,7 @@ "carrega e inicia um setor de inicialização de uma partição do disco. Essa opção é usada para\n" "inicializar outros sistemas operacionais.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" @@ -1364,50 +988,40 @@ "inicializar outros sistemas operacionais.</p>" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:743 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Ordem de discos rígidos: %1" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "Não instalar nenhum carregador de inicialização" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "Não instalar nenhum carregador de inicialização" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "Instalar o carregador de inicialização padrão" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "Instalar carregador de inicialização padrão" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "Carregador de inicialização" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "Carregador de inicialização" -#. popup, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101 -msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." -msgstr "O setor de inicialização %1 foi salvo no disquete." - -#. popup - continuing -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113 -msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." -msgstr "Deixe o disquete na unidade." - #. popup message #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 msgid "" @@ -1426,18 +1040,13 @@ "Realmente deixar a configuração do carregador de inicialização sem salvar?\n" "Todas as alterações serão perdidas.\n" -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 -msgid "Really delete section %1?" -msgstr "Realmente remover a seção %1?" - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "A senha não pode estar vazia." #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -1445,81 +1054,15 @@ "'Senha' e 'Redigite a senha' \n" "diferem. Favor redigitar senha." -#. message popup, %1 is sectino label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed.\n" -"Check section %1 settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"As configurações do disco foram alteradas.\n" -"Verifique configurações da seção %1.\n" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" -"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"As configurações do disco foram alteradas e você editou manualmente os arquivos de \n" -"configuração do carregador de inicialização. Verifique as configurações do carregador de inicialização.\n" - #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete #. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" msgstr "%1Configurar a localização do carregador de inicialização padrão?\n" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128 -msgid "Do Not Create a File System" -msgstr "Não criar um sistema de arquivos" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 -msgid "Create an ext2 File System" -msgstr "Criar um sistema de arquivos ext2" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136 -msgid "Create a FAT File System" -msgstr "Criar um sistema de arquivos FAT" - -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" -"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" -"and confirm with OK.\n" -msgstr "" -"O setor de inicialização do carregador de inicialização será salvo\n" -"em disquete. Insira um disquete e\n" -"confirme com OK.\n" - -#. checkbox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 -msgid "&Low Level Format" -msgstr "Formatação baixo níve&l" - -#. combobox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 -msgid "&Create File System" -msgstr "&Criar sistema de arquivos" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 -msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "Falha na formatação de baixo nível. Tentar novamente?" - -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207 -msgid "Creating file system failed." -msgstr "Falha na criação do sistema de arquivos." - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 msgid "" "The name selected is already used.\n" "Use a different one.\n" @@ -1528,7 +1071,7 @@ "Use um nome diferente.\n" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 msgid "" "An error occurred during boot loader\n" "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" @@ -1536,14 +1079,9 @@ "Um erro ocorreu durante instalação do\n" "carregador de inicialização. Tentar novamente a configuração?\n" -#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 -msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -msgstr "Não foi possível instalar o carregador de inicialização." - #. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of #. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1566,315 +1104,10 @@ "Continuar?\n" #. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" msgstr "&Sim, regravar" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets -#. -#. Authors: -#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger@suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Seção de imagem</b></p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Imagem do kernel</b> define o kernel para inicialização. Digite o nome diretamente ou use <b>Pesquisar</b> para escolhê-lo.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Dispositivo raiz</b> define o dispositivo a ser passado para o kernel como dispositivo raiz.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" -"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAMDisk inicial</b>, se não estiver vazio, define o ramdisk inicial a ser usado. Digite o caminho e o nome de arquivo\n" -"diretamente ou use <b>Pesquisar</b> para escolhê-los.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Seção do chainloader</b> se desejar definir uma seção para inicializar um SO diferente do Linux.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" -msgstr "<p>A definição de <b>Usar proteção por senha</p> exigirá uma senha para selecionar esta seção.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Outro sistema</b> permite que você escolha um dos sistemas operacionais não-Linux existentes em seu computador.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" -msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Ativar esta partição quando selecionada para inicialização</b> se a BIOS precisar da definição deste indicador para ser inicializado</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Deslocamento de bloco para chainloading</b> permite especificar a lista de blocos para inicialização. Na maioria dos casos, convém\n" -"especificar <code>+1</code> aqui. Para obter detalhes sobre a notação de lista de blocos, consulte a documentação do grub</p>\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" -"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione <b>Seção do XEN</b> se você quiser adicionar um novo kernel do Linux ou outra imagem \n" -"e iniciá-lo em um ambiente XEN.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 -msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Hipervisor</b> especifica o hipervisor a ser usado.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Parâmetros adicionais do hipervisor xen</b> permite definir parâmetros adicionais a serem passados para o hipervisor xen.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Seção de menu</b></p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64 -msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Partição do arquivo de menu</b></p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" -msgstr "<p>O <b>arquivo de descrição do menu</b> especifica o caminho no dispositivo raiz no qual o arquivodo menu é carregado.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Mapear seção para o primeiro disco do mapa de dispositivos</b> O Windows geralmente precisa ser instalado no primeiro disco.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" -"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Medidas</b> inclui arquivos medidos com PCR. Mudar a tabela é possível utilizando os botões <b>Adicionar</b>,\n" -"<b>Editar</b> e <b>Remover</b></p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Permitir tentativa de realocação</b>\n" -"É geralmente especificado na seção global</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Forçar o sistema de arquivos raiz a ser montado como apenas leitura</b><br>\n" -"É geralmente especificado na seção global</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n" -"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" -"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione <b>Seção de dump</b> para adicionar uma seção que especifica como \n" -"criar um dump do sistema em uma partição de disco DASD, em um dispositivo de fita ou em um\n" -"arquivo em uma partição de disco SCSI.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" -"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione <b>Seção de menu</b> para adicionar um novo menu à configuração.\n" -"As seções de menu representam uma lista de tarefas agrupadas.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" -"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar o SELinux</b> para adicionar os parâmetros de inicialização do kernel necessários para habilitar o framework de segurança SELinux. \n" -"Por favor note que isto também irá desabilitar o AppArmor.</p>" - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583 -msgid "Image Section" -msgstr "Seção de imagem" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96 -msgid "&Kernel Image" -msgstr "Imagem de &Kernel" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97 -msgid "&Root Device" -msgstr "Dispositivo &raiz" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100 -msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" -msgstr "RAMDisk &inicial" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101 -msgid "Chainloader Section" -msgstr "Seção do chainloader" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102 -msgid "Use Password Protection" -msgstr "Usar proteção por senha" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103 -msgid "&Other System" -msgstr "&Outro sistema" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104 -msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" -msgstr "Não &verificar o sistema de arquivos antes de inicializar" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105 -msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" -msgstr "&Ativar esta partição quando selecionada para inicialização" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106 -msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" -msgstr "B&loquear deslocamento para o chainloading" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107 -msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" -msgstr "&Mapear seção para o primeiro disco do mapa de dispositivos" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109 -msgid "&Hypervisor" -msgstr "&Hipervisor" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110 -msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" -msgstr "Parâmetros &adicionais do hipervisor xen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112 -msgid "&Partition of Menu File" -msgstr "&Partição do arquivo de menu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113 -msgid "&Menu Description File" -msgstr "Arquivo de descrição do &menu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 -msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "&Forçar o sistema de arquivos raiz a ser montado como apenas leitura" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 -msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" -msgstr "Permitir tentativa de &realocação" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116 -msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" -msgstr "Diretório de &destino para a seção" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117 -msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" -msgstr "Arquivo de parâmetros &opcionais" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118 -msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" -msgstr "Seção de dump (obsoleta)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119 -msgid "&Dump Device" -msgstr "Dispositivo de &Dump" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120 -msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" -msgstr "Dispositivo &SCSI do dump" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122 -msgid "&List of Menu Entries" -msgstr "&Lista de entradas do menu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123 -msgid "&Number of Default Entry" -msgstr "&Número de entrada padrão" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124 -msgid "&Timeout in seconds" -msgstr "&Tempo de espera em segundos" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125 -msgid "&Show boot menu" -msgstr "&Exibir menu de inicialização" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126 -msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" -msgstr "C&opiar imagem na partição de inicialização" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127 -msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" -msgstr "&Ignorar seção quando houver erros" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128 -msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" -msgstr "&Partição de inicialização de outro sistema" - -#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58 -msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" -msgstr "A seção de imagem deve ter especificado a imagem do kernel" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 -msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "O arquivo de imagem ainda não existe. Deseja realmente usá-lo?" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 -msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "O arquivo initrd ainda não existe. Deseja realmente usá-lo?" - -#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:""; -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227 -msgid "Enable &SELinux" -msgstr "Habilitar o &SELinux" - -#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401 -msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" -msgstr "O nome inclui caractere(s) não permitido(s)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533 -msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." -msgstr "Perguntar por resolução durante a inicialização" - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573 -msgid "Clone Selected Section" -msgstr "Clonar seção selecionada" - -#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader') -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587 -msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" -msgstr "Outro sistema (chainloader)" - -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609 -msgid "Section Type" -msgstr "Tipo de seção" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668 -msgid "Section &Name" -msgstr "&Nome da seção" - #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." @@ -1882,99 +1115,65 @@ #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#. -#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">não instalar</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalar</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">não instalar</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">instalar</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">não instalar</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">instalar</a>)" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Aviso: Nenhuma localização para o estágio 1 do carregador de inicialização selecionado. A menos que você saiba o que está fazendo, selecione a localização acima." + #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Alterar localização: %s" -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de carregador de inicialização: %1" -#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 -msgid " (\"/boot\")" -msgstr " (\"/boot\")" - #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (estendida)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 -msgid " (\"/\")" -msgstr " (\"/\")" - #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status da localização: %1" -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768 -msgid " (default)" -msgstr " (padrão)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779 -msgid "Sections:<br>%1" -msgstr "Seções:<br>%1" - -#. summary text -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 -msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "Não instale o carregador de inicialização. Apenas criar arquivos de configuração" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 -msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" -msgstr "Propor e co&mbinar com menus GRUB existentes" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Aviso: Nenhuma localização para o estágio 1 do carregador de inicialização selecionado. A menos que você saiba o que está fazendo, selecione a localização acima." - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Habilitar inicialização segura: %1" @@ -1988,111 +1187,593 @@ msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "A combinação da plataforma de hardware %1 e do carregador de inicialização %2 não é suportada" -#. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 -msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "A partição número > 3 está sendo usada para inicializar com tabela de partição GPT" - #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "Inicializar a partir da MBR não funciona bem com o sistema de arquivos btrfs e rótulos de disco GPT sem a partição bios_grub. Para corrigir isto, crie a partição bios_grub ou use qualquer sistema de arquivos ext para a partição de inicialização ou não instale o estágio 1 na MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "O dispositivo de inicialização está no raid tipo: %1. O sistema não irá inicializar." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "O dispositivo de inicialização é um software RAID1. Selecione outra localização do carregador de inicialização, por exemplo, a MBR" -#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -msgstr "O YaST não pode determinar a ordem exata de inicialização dos discos necessária para o mapa de dispositivos. Revise e possivelmente ajuste a ordem de inicialização dos discos em \"Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização\"" - #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "Partição ext faltante para a inicialização. Não foi possível instalar o código de inicialização." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Verificar o carregador de inicialização" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Ler particionamento" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Carregar as configurações do carregador de inicialização" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Verificando o carregador de inicialização..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Lendo particionamento..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Carregando as configurações do carregador de inicialização..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do carregador de inicialização" -#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 -msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -msgstr "Parâmetros do kernel adicionados: %1" - #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Criar initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Salvar arquivos de configuração do carregador de inicialização" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Instalar carregador de inicialização" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Criando initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Salvando arquivos de configuração do carregador de inicialização..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Instalando o carregador de inicialização..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do carregador de inicialização" +#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" +#~ msgstr "Remover uma opção global ou opção de uma seção" + +#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" +#~ msgstr "Configurar uma opção global ou opção de uma seção" + +#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar uma nova seção - por favor, use o modo interativo" + +#~ msgid "The name of the section" +#~ msgstr "O nome da seção" + +#~ msgid "Section %1 not found." +#~ msgstr "A seção %1 não foi encontrada." + +#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar opção somente está disponível no modo interativo da linha de comando" + +#~ msgid "Section name must be specified." +#~ msgstr "O nome da seção deve ser especificado." + +#~ msgid "Disk Order" +#~ msgstr "Ordem de disco" + +#~ msgid "Disk order settings" +#~ msgstr "Configurações de ordem de disco" + +#~ msgid "Boot Menu" +#~ msgstr "Menu de inicialização" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" +#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Usar grub confiável</b> significa instalar um grub confiável e usá-lo. A opção <i>Arquivo de menu gráfico</i> será ignorada.\n" +#~ "É recomendado instalar o grub na MBR</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Arquivo de menu gráfico</b> define o arquivo a ser usado para o menu de inicialização gráfico.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Habilitar sinais acústicos</b> habilita/desabilita sinais acústicos.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" +#~ msgstr "Usar grub &confiável" + +#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File" +#~ msgstr "Arquivo de &menu gráfico" + +#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" +#~ msgstr "Escolher novo arquivo de menu gráfico" + +#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" +#~ msgstr "Habilitar &sinais acústicos" + +#~ msgid "&Device" +#~ msgstr "&Dispositivo" + +#~ msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +#~ msgstr "O mapa de dispositivos deve conter pelo menos um dispositivo" + +#~ msgid "D&isks" +#~ msgstr "D&iscos" + +#~ msgid "&Up" +#~ msgstr "Para &cima" + +#~ msgid "&Down" +#~ msgstr "Para &baixo" + +#~ msgid "Kernel Section" +#~ msgstr "Seção do kernel" + +#~ msgid "Section Settings" +#~ msgstr "Configurações da seção" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" +#~ msgstr "Configurações do carregador de inicialização: gerenciamento de seções" + +#~ msgid "Xen Section" +#~ msgstr "Seção do XEN" + +#~ msgid "Menu Section" +#~ msgstr "Seção de menu" + +#~ msgid "Dump Section" +#~ msgstr "Seção do dump" + +#~ msgid "Other System Section" +#~ msgstr "Outra seção do sistema" + +#~ msgid "&Filename" +#~ msgstr "&Nome do arquivo" + +#~ msgid "Filename: %1" +#~ msgstr "Nome do arquivo: %1" + +#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents" +#~ msgstr "Conteúdo do &arquivo" + +#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuração manual avançada" + +#~ msgid "Image" +#~ msgstr "Imagem" + +#~ msgid "Xen" +#~ msgstr "Xen" + +#~ msgid "Floppy" +#~ msgstr "Disquete" + +#~ msgid "Menu" +#~ msgstr "Menu" + +#~ msgid "Dump" +#~ msgstr "Dump" + +#~ msgid "Def." +#~ msgstr "Padrão" + +#~ msgid "Label" +#~ msgstr "Rótulo" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Tipo" + +#~ msgid "Image / Device" +#~ msgstr "Imagem/dispositivo" + +#~ msgid "Set as De&fault" +#~ msgstr "De&finir como padrão" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" +#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" +#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Select a course of action:\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Você optou por alterar o carregador de inicialização. Durante a conversão\n" +#~ "da configuração, algumas definições poderão ser perdidas.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ "A configuração atual será salva e você poderá restaurá-la\n" +#~ "se retornar para o carregador de inicialização atual.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ "Selecione um plano de ação:\n" + +#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Co&nverter a configuração atual" + +#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" +#~ msgstr "Iniciar nova configuração do &zero" + +#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" +#~ msgstr "Ler a configu&ração salva em disco" + +#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" +#~ msgstr "Recuperar a configuração salva an&tes da conversão" + +#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." +#~ msgstr "Selecione o carregador de inicialização antes de editar as seções." + +#~ msgid "&Section Management" +#~ msgstr "Gerenciamento de &seções" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" +#~ msgstr "&Instalação do carregador de inicialização" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" +#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se vários sistemas Linux estiverem instalados,\n" +#~ "o YaST poderá tentar encontrá-los e mesclar seus menus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n" +#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" +#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" +#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- Em um <b>Disquete</b>.\n" +#~ "Use esta opção para evitar o risco de interferência em um mecanismo\n" +#~ "de inicialização existente. Habilite a inicialização a partir do disquete\n" +#~ "na BIOS da sua máquina para usar essa opção.</p>" + +#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." +#~ msgstr "O setor de inicialização %1 foi salvo no disquete." + +#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." +#~ msgstr "Deixe o disquete na unidade." + +#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?" +#~ msgstr "Realmente remover a seção %1?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n" +#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "As configurações do disco foram alteradas.\n" +#~ "Verifique configurações da seção %1.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" +#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "As configurações do disco foram alteradas e você editou manualmente os arquivos de \n" +#~ "configuração do carregador de inicialização. Verifique as configurações do carregador de inicialização.\n" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" +#~ msgstr "Não criar um sistema de arquivos" + +#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System" +#~ msgstr "Criar um sistema de arquivos ext2" + +#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System" +#~ msgstr "Criar um sistema de arquivos FAT" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" +#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" +#~ "and confirm with OK.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O setor de inicialização do carregador de inicialização será salvo\n" +#~ "em disquete. Insira um disquete e\n" +#~ "confirme com OK.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Low Level Format" +#~ msgstr "Formatação baixo níve&l" + +#~ msgid "&Create File System" +#~ msgstr "&Criar sistema de arquivos" + +#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" +#~ msgstr "Falha na formatação de baixo nível. Tentar novamente?" + +#~ msgid "Creating file system failed." +#~ msgstr "Falha na criação do sistema de arquivos." + +#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." +#~ msgstr "Não foi possível instalar o carregador de inicialização." + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Seção de imagem</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Imagem do kernel</b> define o kernel para inicialização. Digite o nome diretamente ou use <b>Pesquisar</b> para escolhê-lo.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Dispositivo raiz</b> define o dispositivo a ser passado para o kernel como dispositivo raiz.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>RAMDisk inicial</b>, se não estiver vazio, define o ramdisk inicial a ser usado. Digite o caminho e o nome de arquivo\n" +#~ "diretamente ou use <b>Pesquisar</b> para escolhê-los.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Seção do chainloader</b> se desejar definir uma seção para inicializar um SO diferente do Linux.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>A definição de <b>Usar proteção por senha</p> exigirá uma senha para selecionar esta seção.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Outro sistema</b> permite que você escolha um dos sistemas operacionais não-Linux existentes em seu computador.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Ativar esta partição quando selecionada para inicialização</b> se a BIOS precisar da definição deste indicador para ser inicializado</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Deslocamento de bloco para chainloading</b> permite especificar a lista de blocos para inicialização. Na maioria dos casos, convém\n" +#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aqui. Para obter detalhes sobre a notação de lista de blocos, consulte a documentação do grub</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Selecione <b>Seção do XEN</b> se você quiser adicionar um novo kernel do Linux ou outra imagem \n" +#~ "e iniciá-lo em um ambiente XEN.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hipervisor</b> especifica o hipervisor a ser usado.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Parâmetros adicionais do hipervisor xen</b> permite definir parâmetros adicionais a serem passados para o hipervisor xen.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Seção de menu</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Partição do arquivo de menu</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>O <b>arquivo de descrição do menu</b> especifica o caminho no dispositivo raiz no qual o arquivodo menu é carregado.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Mapear seção para o primeiro disco do mapa de dispositivos</b> O Windows geralmente precisa ser instalado no primeiro disco.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" +#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Medidas</b> inclui arquivos medidos com PCR. Mudar a tabela é possível utilizando os botões <b>Adicionar</b>,\n" +#~ "<b>Editar</b> e <b>Remover</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" +#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Permitir tentativa de realocação</b>\n" +#~ "É geralmente especificado na seção global</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" +#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Forçar o sistema de arquivos raiz a ser montado como apenas leitura</b><br>\n" +#~ "É geralmente especificado na seção global</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Selecione <b>Seção de dump</b> para adicionar uma seção que especifica como \n" +#~ "criar um dump do sistema em uma partição de disco DASD, em um dispositivo de fita ou em um\n" +#~ "arquivo em uma partição de disco SCSI.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" +#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Selecione <b>Seção de menu</b> para adicionar um novo menu à configuração.\n" +#~ "As seções de menu representam uma lista de tarefas agrupadas.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar o SELinux</b> para adicionar os parâmetros de inicialização do kernel necessários para habilitar o framework de segurança SELinux. \n" +#~ "Por favor note que isto também irá desabilitar o AppArmor.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Image Section" +#~ msgstr "Seção de imagem" + +#~ msgid "&Kernel Image" +#~ msgstr "Imagem de &Kernel" + +#~ msgid "&Root Device" +#~ msgstr "Dispositivo &raiz" + +#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" +#~ msgstr "RAMDisk &inicial" + +#~ msgid "Chainloader Section" +#~ msgstr "Seção do chainloader" + +#~ msgid "Use Password Protection" +#~ msgstr "Usar proteção por senha" + +#~ msgid "&Other System" +#~ msgstr "&Outro sistema" + +#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" +#~ msgstr "Não &verificar o sistema de arquivos antes de inicializar" + +#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" +#~ msgstr "&Ativar esta partição quando selecionada para inicialização" + +#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" +#~ msgstr "B&loquear deslocamento para o chainloading" + +#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" +#~ msgstr "&Mapear seção para o primeiro disco do mapa de dispositivos" + +#~ msgid "&Hypervisor" +#~ msgstr "&Hipervisor" + +#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" +#~ msgstr "Parâmetros &adicionais do hipervisor xen" + +#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File" +#~ msgstr "&Partição do arquivo de menu" + +#~ msgid "&Menu Description File" +#~ msgstr "Arquivo de descrição do &menu" + +#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" +#~ msgstr "&Forçar o sistema de arquivos raiz a ser montado como apenas leitura" + +#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" +#~ msgstr "Permitir tentativa de &realocação" + +#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" +#~ msgstr "Diretório de &destino para a seção" + +#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" +#~ msgstr "Arquivo de parâmetros &opcionais" + +#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" +#~ msgstr "Seção de dump (obsoleta)" + +#~ msgid "&Dump Device" +#~ msgstr "Dispositivo de &Dump" + +#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" +#~ msgstr "Dispositivo &SCSI do dump" + +#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries" +#~ msgstr "&Lista de entradas do menu" + +#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry" +#~ msgstr "&Número de entrada padrão" + +#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds" +#~ msgstr "&Tempo de espera em segundos" + +#~ msgid "&Show boot menu" +#~ msgstr "&Exibir menu de inicialização" + +#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "C&opiar imagem na partição de inicialização" + +#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" +#~ msgstr "&Ignorar seção quando houver erros" + +#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" +#~ msgstr "&Partição de inicialização de outro sistema" + +#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" +#~ msgstr "A seção de imagem deve ter especificado a imagem do kernel" + +#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +#~ msgstr "O arquivo de imagem ainda não existe. Deseja realmente usá-lo?" + +#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +#~ msgstr "O arquivo initrd ainda não existe. Deseja realmente usá-lo?" + +#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux" +#~ msgstr "Habilitar o &SELinux" + +#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" +#~ msgstr "O nome inclui caractere(s) não permitido(s)" + +#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." +#~ msgstr "Perguntar por resolução durante a inicialização" + +#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section" +#~ msgstr "Clonar seção selecionada" + +#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" +#~ msgstr "Outro sistema (chainloader)" + +#~ msgid "Section Type" +#~ msgstr "Tipo de seção" + +#~ msgid "Section &Name" +#~ msgstr "&Nome da seção" + +#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")" +#~ msgstr " (\"/boot\")" + +#~ msgid " (\"/\")" +#~ msgstr " (\"/\")" + +#~ msgid " (default)" +#~ msgstr " (padrão)" + +#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1" +#~ msgstr "Seções:<br>%1" + +#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" +#~ msgstr "Não instale o carregador de inicialização. Apenas criar arquivos de configuração" + +#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" +#~ msgstr "Propor e co&mbinar com menus GRUB existentes" + +#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "A partição número > 3 está sendo usada para inicializar com tabela de partição GPT" + +#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "O YaST não pode determinar a ordem exata de inicialização dos discos necessária para o mapa de dispositivos. Revise e possivelmente ajuste a ordem de inicialização dos discos em \"Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização\"" + +#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" +#~ msgstr "Parâmetros do kernel adicionados: %1" + #~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." #~ msgstr "O carregador de inicialização está instalado em uma partição que não está totalmente abaixo de %1 GB. O sistema pode não inicializar se a BIOS suportar apenas lba24 (o resultado é o erro 18 durante a instalação do grub na MBR)." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 22:05-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -100,170 +100,257 @@ msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP redundante" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "nodeid" -msgstr "nodeid" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Node IP" +msgid "Node ID" +msgstr "IP do Nó" +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 +msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hardware address must be unique." +msgid "Node ID must be unique" +msgstr "O endereço de hardware deve ser único." + +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bind Network Address:" +msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "Associar endereço de rede:" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 +msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" +msgstr "Reproduzir som de teste quando a placa for configurada" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 +msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." +msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" +msgstr "O valor para pos deve ser um número inteiro positivo." + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "" + #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transporte:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Canal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Associar endereço de rede:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Endereço multicast:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Porta multicast:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Canal redundante" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Nome do cluster:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Votos esperados:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "modo rrp:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Gerar automaticamente o ID do nodo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Endereço do membro:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Redundant IP Address" +msgid "Redundant IP" +msgstr "Endereço IP redundante" + +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539 +msgid "" +" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" +" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." +msgstr "" + #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 +msgid "Number of threads must be integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 +msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Habilitar autenticação de segurança" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "Threads:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "Para um cluster recém criado, clique no botão abaixo para gerar etc/corosync/authkey." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "Para ingressar num cluster existente, copie /etc/corosync/authkey de outros nodos manualmente." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 +msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 +msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Running" msgstr "Em execução" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Não executando" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Inicializando" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 -msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" +msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "On -- Iniciar pacemaker durante o Boot" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 -msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" +msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Off -- Iniciar pacemaker manualmente" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Ligar e desligar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Status atual: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Iniciar o pacemaker agora" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Parar o pacemaker agora" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Sincronizar host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add" msgstr "Adicionar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Del" msgstr "Remover" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Sincronizar arquivo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Adicionar arquivos sugeridos" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Gerar chaves pré-compartilhadas" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Status de sincronização do Csync2 desconhecido" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Ligar csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Desligar csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Digite um nome de máquina" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Edite o nome de máquina" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Informe o nome de um arquivo para sincronizar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Edite o nome do arquivo" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -272,12 +359,12 @@ "Você deseja sobrescrevê-lo?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Falha ao remover arquivo de chave %1." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -285,12 +372,12 @@ "Arquivo de chave %1 gerado.\n" "Clique em \"Adicionar arquivos sugeridos\" para adicioná-lo à lista de sincronização." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Falha ao gerar a chave." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" @@ -300,40 +387,65 @@ "O YaST pode auxiliar na configuração básica do conntrackd.\n" "É necessário iniciá-lo com ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Interface dedicada:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Membro do grupo:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "Gerar /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." +msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" +msgstr "O valor para pos deve ser um número inteiro positivo." + #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Associar endereço de rede</big></b></br>Isto especifica o endereço ao qual o openais deve se associar. Este endereço deve sempre terminar em zero. Se o tráfego deve ser roteado para 192.168.5.92, configure o bindnetaddr para 192.168.5.0.<br>Isto também pode ser um endereço IPv6, nesse caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Além disso, o endereço completo deve ser especificado e não existe seleção automática da interface de rede sentro de uma subrede específica, como no IPv4. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve ser especificado.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Endereço multicast</big></b></br>Este é o endereço multicast usado pelo openais. O padrão deve funcionar para a maioria das redes, mas o administrador de rede deve ser consultado sobre qual endereço multicast deve ser utilizado. Evite 224.x.x.x porque é um endereço multicast para \"configuração\".<br> Também pode ser um endereço multicast IPv6, nesse caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve ser especificado.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Porta</big></b><br>Isto especifica o número da porta UDP. É possível utilizar o mesmo endereço multicast em uma rede com os serviços openais configurados para portas UDP diferentes.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Endereço do membro</big></b><br>Esta lista especifica todos os nós no cluster por endereço IP. Isto pode ser configurável ao utilizar udpu <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>ID do nodo</big></b><br>Esta opção de configuração é opcional ao utilizar IPv4 e obrigatória ao utilizar IPv6. Isto é um valor 32 bits especificando o identificador do nodo entregue ao serviço de membros do cluster. Se não for especificado no IPv4, o id do novo será determinado a partir do endereço IP de 32 bits para qual o sistema estiver associado com o identificador ring igual a 0. O identificador de nodo com valor igual a zero é reservado e não deve ser utilizado.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Isto especifica o modo de anel redundante, que pode ser nenhum, ativo ou passivo. A replicação ativa oferece uma latência um pouco menor da transmissão para entrega em ambientes de rede falhos, mas com menor desempenho. Replicação passiva pode dobrar a velocidade do protocolo se o mesmo não for associado a cpu. A opção final é nenhum, caso em que somente uma interface de rede será utilizada para operar o protocolo. Se somente uma diretiva de interface for especificada, esta opção é configurada automaticamente. Se várias diretivas de interface forem especificadas, somente as opções ativo ou passivo podem ser configuradas.<br></p>\n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul t is on. <br></p>\n" msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>Esta diretiva controla quantas threads são utilizadas para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. Se secauth estiver desabilitado, o protocolo nunca irá utilizar envio por threads. Se secauth estiver habilitado, esta diretiva permite que sistemas sejam configurados para utilizar várias threads para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. Uma diretiva de thread igual a 0 (zero) indica que nenhum envio com thread deve ser utilizado. Este modo oferece o melhor desempenho para sistemas não-SMP. O valor padrão é 0.<br></p>\n" @@ -526,6 +638,9 @@ msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações." +#~ msgid "nodeid" +#~ msgstr "nodeid" + #~ msgid "expected votes:" #~ msgstr "votos esperados:" @@ -533,21 +648,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Para novos clusters, pressione o botão abaixo para gerar /etc/corosync/authkey." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Associar endereço de rede</big></b></br>Isto especifica o endereço ao qual o openais deve se associar. Este endereço deve sempre terminar em zero. Se o tráfego deve ser roteado para 192.168.5.92, configure o bindnetaddr para 192.168.5.0.<br>Isto também pode ser um endereço IPv6, nesse caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Além disso, o endereço completo deve ser especificado e não existe seleção automática da interface de rede sentro de uma subrede específica, como no IPv4. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve ser especificado.<br></p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>Endereço multicast</big></b></br>Este é o endereço multicast usado pelo openais. O padrão deve funcionar para a maioria das redes, mas o administrador de rede deve ser consultado sobre qual endereço multicast deve ser utilizado. Evite 224.x.x.x porque é um endereço multicast para \"configuração\".<br> Também pode ser um endereço multicast IPv6, nesse caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve ser especificado.</p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>Porta</big></b><br>Isto especifica o número da porta UDP. É possível utilizar o mesmo endereço multicast em uma rede com os serviços openais configurados para portas UDP diferentes.<br></p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>Endereço do membro</big></b><br>Esta lista especifica todos os nós no cluster por endereço IP. Isto pode ser configurável ao utilizar udpu <br></p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>ID do nodo</big></b><br>Esta opção de configuração é opcional ao utilizar IPv4 e obrigatória ao utilizar IPv6. Isto é um valor 32 bits especificando o identificador do nodo entregue ao serviço de membros do cluster. Se não for especificado no IPv4, o id do novo será determinado a partir do endereço IP de 32 bits para qual o sistema estiver associado com o identificador ring igual a 0. O identificador de nodo com valor igual a zero é reservado e não deve ser utilizado.<br></p>\n" -#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Isto especifica o modo de anel redundante, que pode ser nenhum, ativo ou passivo. A replicação ativa oferece uma latência um pouco menor da transmissão para entrega em ambientes de rede falhos, mas com menor desempenho. Replicação passiva pode dobrar a velocidade do protocolo se o mesmo não for associado a cpu. A opção final é nenhum, caso em que somente uma interface de rede será utilizada para operar o protocolo. Se somente uma diretiva de interface for especificada, esta opção é configurada automaticamente. Se várias diretivas de interface forem especificadas, somente as opções ativo ou passivo podem ser configuradas.<br></p>\n" - -#~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n" #~ "\t\t\t" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 15:06-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -27,220 +27,312 @@ "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +#| "\t " msgid "" "\n" -"<p>\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"</p>\n" -" " +"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>\n" -"A instalação foi concluída com sucesso.\n" -"Seu sistema está pronto para uso.\n" -"Clique em Concluir para entrar no sistema.\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>\n" -"Por favor, visite-nos em http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"</p>\n" -" " +"<p><b>Parabéns!</b></p>\n" +"<p>A instalação do openSUSE em sua máquina foi completada.\n" +"Após clicar em <b>Concluir</b>, você pode se logar no sistema.</p>\n" +"<p>Visite-nos em %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Divirta-se!<br>Sua equipe de desenvolvimento openSUSE</p>\n" +"\t " -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 -msgid "CIM Server" -msgstr "Servidor CIM" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" +"O ambiente de área de trabalho em seu computador fornece uma interface gráfica\n" +"para o usuário, bem como um conjunto de aplicações para\n" +"email, navegação na Internet, produtividade no escritório, jogos e utilitários para\n" +"gerenciar seu computador.\n" +"\n" +"O openSUSE oferece diversas opções de ambientes de área de trabalho. Os ambientes\n" +"mais usados são o GNOME o KDE, e eles são igualmente suportados\n" +"no openSUSE. Ambos são fáceis de usar, altamente integrados\n" +"e possuem um visual atrativo. Cada ambiente de área de trabalho\n" +"possui um estilo próprio, logo, preferências pessoais determinam qual\n" +"é a área de trabalho mais adequada para você." -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "Área de trabalho GNOME" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgstr "Área de trabalho KDE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgstr "Área de trabalho XFCE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "Área de trabalho LXDE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "Servidor X mínimo" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "Área de trabalho Enlightenment" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Seleção de servidor mínimo (modo de texto)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Configurações da instalação" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Resumo" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 -msgid "Expert" -msgstr "Avançado" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Configurações da instalação do LiveCD" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Configurações da atualização" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da rede" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração dos serviços de rede" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do hardware" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Preparação" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Carregar a configuração de rede do Linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Configuração automática de rede" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bem-vindo" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Ativação de rede" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Ativação do disco" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Análise do sistema" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "Produtos complementares" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fuso horário" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "Repositórios online" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "Produtos complementares" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Seleção da área de trabalho" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "Configurações do usuário" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Instalação" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -msgid "Installation Summary" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Resumo da instalação" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Executar a instalação" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistema a atualizar" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 msgid "Update" msgstr "Atualizar" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -msgid "Update Summary" -msgstr "Resumo da atualização" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Executar atualização" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Instalação base" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Configurações do AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do sistema" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "A instalação foi concluída com sucesso.\n" +#~ "Seu sistema está pronto para uso.\n" +#~ "Clique em Concluir para entrar no sistema.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Por favor, visite-nos em http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ " " + +#~ msgid "CIM Server" +#~ msgstr "Servidor CIM" + +#~ msgid "Overview" +#~ msgstr "Resumo" + +#~ msgid "Expert" +#~ msgstr "Avançado" + +#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuração dos serviços de rede" + +#~ msgid "Installation Summary" +#~ msgstr "Resumo da instalação" + +#~ msgid "Update Summary" +#~ msgstr "Resumo da atualização" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Instalação de produto complementar" @@ -282,12 +374,6 @@ #~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." #~ msgstr "Concluindo a configuração..." -#~ msgid "User Settings" -#~ msgstr "Configurações do usuário" - -#~ msgid "Installation Overview" -#~ msgstr "Resumo da instalação" - #~ msgid "Repair" #~ msgstr "Reparar" @@ -381,81 +467,12 @@ #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" #~ msgstr "Máquina de virtualização KVM (X11 local não configurado por padrão)" -#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" -#~ msgstr "Seleção da área de trabalho" - #~ msgid "Root Password" #~ msgstr "Senha do root" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" -#~ "\t " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p><b>Parabéns!</b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>A instalação do openSUSE em sua máquina foi completada.\n" -#~ "Após clicar em <b>Concluir</b>, você pode se logar no sistema.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Visite-nos em %1.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Divirta-se!<br>Sua equipe de desenvolvimento openSUSE</p>\n" -#~ "\t " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -#~ "manage your computer.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O ambiente de área de trabalho em seu computador fornece uma interface gráfica\n" -#~ "para o usuário, bem como um conjunto de aplicações para\n" -#~ "email, navegação na Internet, produtividade no escritório, jogos e utilitários para\n" -#~ "gerenciar seu computador.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "O openSUSE oferece diversas opções de ambientes de área de trabalho. Os ambientes\n" -#~ "mais usados são o GNOME o KDE, e eles são igualmente suportados\n" -#~ "no openSUSE. Ambos são fáceis de usar, altamente integrados\n" -#~ "e possuem um visual atrativo. Cada ambiente de área de trabalho\n" -#~ "possui um estilo próprio, logo, preferências pessoais determinam qual\n" -#~ "é a área de trabalho mais adequada para você." - -#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" -#~ msgstr "Área de trabalho GNOME" - -#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" -#~ msgstr "Área de trabalho KDE" - -#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" -#~ msgstr "Área de trabalho XFCE" - -#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" -#~ msgstr "Área de trabalho LXDE" - -#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" -#~ msgstr "Servidor X mínimo" - -#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -#~ msgstr "Área de trabalho Enlightenment" - -#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -#~ msgstr "Seleção de servidor mínimo (modo de texto)" - -#~ msgid "Online Repositories" -#~ msgstr "Repositórios online" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" #~ "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" #~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-15 18:42-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -27,89 +27,202 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Configuração do crowbar" +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Repository Name" +msgid "Repository Name" +msgstr "&Nome do Repositório" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "URL" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Found Error" +msgid "Ask On Error" +msgstr "Usuário encontrou erro" + +#. help text +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"<ul>\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:71 -msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" -msgstr "Senha para o administrador do crowbar" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository URL" +msgid "Repository &URL" +msgstr "URL do Repositório" +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Found Error" +msgid "&Ask On Error" +msgstr "Usuário encontrou erro" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Administrator DN" +msgid "Administrator Name" +msgstr "Administrador DN" + #. help text -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:75 -msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>" +msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>" msgstr "<p>Digite a senha para o administrador do crowbar.</p>" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:97 -msgid "Repeat the Password" -msgstr "Repita a senha" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Model" +msgid "&Mode" +msgstr "&Modelo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:104 -msgid "Mode" -msgstr "Modo" +#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>" +msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:113 -msgid "Bonding Policy" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bonding Policy" +msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "Política de vínculos" +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 +msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for conduit if list +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 +msgid "" +"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n" +"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" +"Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:139 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 msgid "Network" msgstr "Rede" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:140 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266 msgid "Subnet Address" msgstr "Endereço de sub-rede" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:141 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "Máscara de Rede" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:159 -msgid "Use VLAN" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use VLAN" +msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "Usar VLAN" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:169 -msgid "VLAN ID" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VLAN ID" +msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "ID da VLAN" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:179 -msgid "Router" -msgstr "Roteador" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 +msgid "Rou&ter" +msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 -msgid "Subnet" -msgstr "Sub-rede" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgid "Router pre&ference" +msgstr "Restaurando as preferências do usuário..." #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 -msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "Máscara de rede" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338 +msgid "&Subnet" +msgstr "&Sub-rede" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:246 -msgid "Broadcast" +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361 +msgid "Net&mask" +msgstr "&Máscara de rede" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broadcast" +msgid "Broa&dcast" msgstr "Broadcast" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 -msgid "Add Bridge" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Bridge" +msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "Adicionar ponte" -#. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 -msgid "&Edit Ranges..." +#. push button label& +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit Ranges..." +msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "&Editar intervalos..." +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bond Network" +msgid "Add &Bastion Network" +msgstr "Rede vinculada" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425 +msgid "&IP Address" +msgstr "Endereço &IP" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "Nome de usuário" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "Senha" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589 +msgid "Repeat the Password" +msgstr "Repita a senha" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -117,13 +230,33 @@ "As senhas não são iguais.\n" "Tente novamente." +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"User '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" +"O nome da configuração %1 já existe.\n" +"Escolha um nome diferente." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" +msgstr "A URL informada não é válida." + #. table entry (VLAN status) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:426 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desabilitado" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -132,7 +265,8 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:540 +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -141,7 +275,7 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -150,12 +284,19 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:564 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "O endereço do roteador '%1' não faz parte da rede '%2'." +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." +msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." +msgstr "O endereço '%1' não faz parte da rede '%2'." + #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -164,46 +305,75 @@ "Adapte-os usando o botão 'Editar intervalos'." #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:687 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP mínimo" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP máximo" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:761 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "O endereço '%1' não faz parte da rede '%2'." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:777 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "O endereço mais baixo deve ser inferior ao mais alto." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:810 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "Os intervalos '%1' e '%2' se sobrepõem." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:841 -msgid "Administration Settings" -msgstr "Configurações de Administração" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Settings" +msgid "&User Settings" +msgstr "Configurações do usuário" +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" + #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:851 -msgid "Network Mode" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Mode" +msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Modo de rede" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bond Network" +msgid "Bastion Network" +msgstr "Rede vinculada" + #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 -msgid "Networks" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Networks" +msgid "Net&works" msgstr "Redes" +#. tab header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repositories" +msgid "Re&positories" +msgstr "Repositórios" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 +msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." +msgstr "" + #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:925 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 msgid "" "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -216,7 +386,7 @@ "Você pode visitar a interface web do Crowbar em http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resumo da Configuração do Crowbar" @@ -271,37 +441,55 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando a configuração do Crowbar" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:125 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Ler a configuração" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:129 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Lendo a configuração..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:131 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:183 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do Crowbar" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:198 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." + +#~ msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" +#~ msgstr "Senha para o administrador do crowbar" + +#~ msgid "Mode" +#~ msgstr "Modo" + +#~ msgid "Router" +#~ msgstr "Roteador" + +#~ msgid "Subnet" +#~ msgstr "Sub-rede" + +#~ msgid "Netmask" +#~ msgstr "Máscara de rede" + +#~ msgid "Administration Settings" +#~ msgstr "Configurações de Administração" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-20 09:07-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -242,10 +242,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" "\t\t" @@ -434,7 +434,11 @@ msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Os nomes de nós devem ser diferentes." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 +msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Por favor, preencha todos os campos." @@ -579,7 +583,7 @@ msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Lendo o status do daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" @@ -609,33 +613,35 @@ msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do DRBD" -#. if (!modified) return true; +#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status +#. won't change modified flag +#. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações globais" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Salvar recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Definir o status do daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações globais..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Salvando recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Definindo o status do daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Falha ao criar diretório /etc/drbd.d" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-06 21:00-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -814,8 +814,8 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:498 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:507 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 msgid "FTP is running" msgstr "FTP está executando" @@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ #. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" #. check value of textentry #. only pure-ftpd -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:619 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 msgid "Not a valid umask." msgstr "Umask inválido." @@ -1776,21 +1776,21 @@ #. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" #. Handle function of "Browse" #. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:781 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:819 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 msgid "Select directory" msgstr "Selecione um diretório" #. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1055 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" msgstr "Criar o diretório de \"envio\" em %1\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1060 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 msgid "and enable write access?\n" msgstr "e habilitear a escrita?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1062 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1800,15 +1800,15 @@ "você precisa criar um diretório com permissão de escrita.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1090 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1116 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1139 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." msgstr " é um diretório pessoal de acordo com o login de usuários anônimos." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1080 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 msgid "" "Do you want to change permissions\n" "for\n" @@ -1816,12 +1816,12 @@ "Deseja alterar as permissões\n" "para\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1083 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1130 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 msgid "Upload (allow writing)?" msgstr "Enviar (permitir escrita)?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1085 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 msgid "" "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" @@ -1829,15 +1829,15 @@ "Se deseja que usuários anônimos possam enviar arquivos, você precisa de um diretório com permissão de escrita.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1104 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" msgstr "Deseja criar um diretório?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1107 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 msgid "Upload with write access?" msgstr "Enviar com permissão de escrita?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1109 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 msgid "" "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ " você precisa criar um diretório com permissão de escrita.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1132 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" " you need a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1865,15 +1865,15 @@ #. check permissions for upload dir #. #. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1219 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1286 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1306 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n" msgstr "Alterar as permissões de %1?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 msgid "" "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" "you need a directory with write access for them." @@ -1881,136 +1881,136 @@ "Se deseja permitir o envio de arquivos para usuários \"anônimos\", \n" "você precisará de um diretório com permissões de escrita para eles." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" msgstr "Para conexões anônimas, o diretório pessoal de um usuário anônimo não pode ter permissão de escrita.\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." msgstr "Para conexões anônimas, o diretório pessoal de um usuário anônimo não pode ter permissão de escrita." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1453 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." msgstr "Condição para portas é max porta > min porta." #. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1633 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 msgid "DSA certificate is missing." msgstr "O certificado DSA está faltando." #. Handle function of "Browse" #. handling value in textentry of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1660 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo" #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." msgstr "O certificado <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> para a conexão SSL está faltando." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 msgid "Welcome message" msgstr "Mensagem de boas-vindas" #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:893 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do FTP" #. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:904 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 msgid "You have installed both daemons:" msgstr "Você instalou ambos os daemons:" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:906 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." msgstr "Escolha um deles para configurar." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:908 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." msgstr "Você deseja configurar o vsftpd? Caso contrário, escolha pure-ftpd." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." msgstr "Você instalou ambos os daemons. Consequentemente é necessário executar a configuração em modo interativo." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 msgid "Read settings from the config file" msgstr "Obtendo as configurações a partir do arquivo config" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:937 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:941 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações..." #. calling read function for reading settings form config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:951 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings." msgstr "Não foi possível ler as configurações atuais." #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:968 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do FTP" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:978 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 msgid "Write the settings to the config file" msgstr "Salvar as configurações " #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:980 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon" msgstr "Salvar as configurações para o daemon de inicialização" #. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:984 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. write options to the config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:994 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações!" #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!" msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações para o xinetd!" #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1008 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." msgstr "Não foi possível criar diretório de upload para conexões anônimas." #. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1150 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074 msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>O daemon do FTP não está configurado.</i></ul></p>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "Daemon do FTP" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "Daemon do FTP %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1171 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "Estas opções serão configuradas." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 11:41-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -30,31 +30,57 @@ #. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals #: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 -#| msgid "Clustering" msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster" #. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals #: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 -#| msgid "Clustering" msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "&GeoCluster" #. GeoCluster summary dialog caption #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 -#| msgid "Printer Configuration" -msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do GeoCluster" #. GeoCluster overview dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Printer Overview" -msgid "GeoCluster Overview" +msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "Visão Geral Sobre Impressoras" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -83,232 +109,219 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 -#| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "configuration file" msgstr "arquivo de configuração" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "arbitrator ip" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 -#| msgid "Transport" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "transporte" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "porta" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -#| msgid "Website:" -msgid "site" -msgstr "site" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +msgid "arbitrator" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "Add" msgstr "Adicionar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Remover" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#| msgid "Packet" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "site" +msgstr "site" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please enter a password" -msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Por favor, digite uma senha" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#| msgid "Timeouts" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "timeout" msgstr "tempo de espera" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 -#| msgid "No entries." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "retries" msgstr "tentativas" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Height" msgid "weights" msgstr "Altura" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expired" msgid "expire" msgstr "Expirado" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Required patterns" msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "Padrões obrigatórios" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." -msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "' não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." -msgid "expire is no valid" +msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "' não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" -msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "O URL informado não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" -msgid "retries is no valid" +msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "O URL informado não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." -msgid "weights is no valid" +msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "' não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 -msgid "ticket can not be null" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Port field cannot be empty" +msgid "ticket can not be empty" +msgstr "O campo da porta não pode estar vazio" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Software to be installed:" -msgid "site have to be filled" -msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do firewall" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Software to be installed:" -msgid "ticket have to be filled" -msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." -msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" -msgstr "O endereço IP do gateway é inválido." - -#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 -msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" -msgstr "" - #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "No local printer configured." -msgid "Geo Cluster configure" -msgstr "Nenhuma impressora local está configurada." +#| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" +msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "Endereço IP &Local da sua máquina" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" +msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "Endereço IP &Local da sua máquina" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Endereço IP &Local da sua máquina" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Endereço IP &Local da sua máquina" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The target already exists" msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "O destino já existe" #. abort? -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." -msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "O nome da configuração não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "O nome da configuração não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Key is invalid." msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "A chave é inválida." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" +msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" @@ -316,47 +329,12 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Ler o arquivo de configuração" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang@suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Printer Configurations" -msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" -msgstr "Configuração da impressora" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do firewall" - #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -385,12 +363,18 @@ msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações gerais." #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Security Configuration" -msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração de segurança" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "Ler as configurações do firewall" + #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside @@ -400,12 +384,6 @@ msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." -msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" -msgstr "Ler as configurações do firewall" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 @@ -418,14 +396,11 @@ msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" -msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a Configuração do Repositório" #. Progress stage 1/2 @@ -435,7 +410,6 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 -#| msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do SuSEFirewall" @@ -446,7 +420,6 @@ #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 -#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Salvando as configurações do SuSEFirewall..." @@ -462,6 +435,13 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumo da configuração..." +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Security Configuration" +msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Inicializando a configuração de segurança" + #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" @@ -494,6 +474,13 @@ msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Não foi possível detectar os dispositivos." +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" +msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Salvando a Configuração do Repositório" + #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" @@ -508,3 +495,32 @@ msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Resumo da configuração..." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Software to be installed:" +#~ msgid "site have to be filled" +#~ msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Software to be installed:" +#~ msgid "ticket have to be filled" +#~ msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +#~ msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +#~ msgstr "O endereço IP do gateway é inválido." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "No local printer configured." +#~ msgid "Geo Cluster configure" +#~ msgstr "Nenhuma impressora local está configurada." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +#~ msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +#~ msgstr "O nome da configuração não pode estar vazio." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Printer Configurations" +#~ msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +#~ msgstr "Configuração da impressora" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-20 21:55-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -111,11 +111,11 @@ msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "A opção 'id' não pode ser combinada com outras opções." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "Serviço" @@ -127,15 +127,15 @@ msgid "Prot." msgstr "Prot." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "Esperar" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuário" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" @@ -150,12 +150,12 @@ msgstr "Desligado" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "Não" @@ -171,127 +171,127 @@ #. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "O pacote %1 será instalado durante o processo de gravação." #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "O pacote %1 não foi instalado. O serviço não pode ser editado." #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "O pacote %1 foi instalado com sucesso." #. This is main inetd module dialog. #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "&Ativar todos os serviços" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "&Desativar todos os serviços" #. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "Desab&ilitar" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "Habi&litar" #. Main dialog edit inetd.conf #. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "Serviços atualmente disponíveis" #. `opt(`notify), #. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Alter" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "Tipo " -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "Servidor/argumentos" #. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Adicionar" #. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" #. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Remover" #. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "&Alternar o status (ligado ou desligado)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "Status para todos os &serviços" #. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "Configuração de serviço de rede (xinetd)" #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Adicionar nova entrada de serviço" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "Não foi possível remover o serviço. Ele não está instalado." #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Para remover um serviço, selecione um no diálogo principal" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "Para ativar ou desativar um serviço, selecione-o no diálogo principal." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Editar uma entrada de serviço" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Para editar um serviço, selecione um no diálogo principal" #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -300,54 +300,54 @@ "O super-servidor Internet será desabilitado." #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Serviço" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "Versã&o RPC" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "O serviço está ati&vo." #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "T&ipo de soquete" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "Esp&erar" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Usuário" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grupo" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "S&ervidor" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Argumen&tos do servidor" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "Co&mentário" @@ -361,14 +361,14 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--padrão--" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -377,12 +377,12 @@ "Informe valores válidos.\n" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "O nome do serviço contém o caractere não permitido \"/\"." #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "O usuário %1 é reservado somente para processos de servidor interno." @@ -661,57 +661,57 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "Ler a configuração" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Lendo a configuração..." #. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações!" #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>Todos os serviços estão marcados como parados.</i></ul></p>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Serviços de rede" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Os serviços de rede são gerenciados via %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Estes serviços serão habilitados" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.pt_BR\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 13:12-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-20 21:59-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -74,25 +74,25 @@ msgstr "Alterar a mídia" #. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "Insira o CD %1 e clique em continuar." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "Selecione a imagem ISO %1 e clique em continuar." #. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "Insira o CD %1 de %2." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "Selecione a imagem ISO %1 de %2." #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -101,12 +101,12 @@ "%1" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "Selecionar %1" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -119,63 +119,63 @@ "Primeiro, selecione a mídia do produto base." #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "Copiando o conteúdo do CD para diretório local" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Isto pode demorar algum tempo..." #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "Erro ao mover conteúdo do repositório." #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do repositório" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Ler a mídia de &CD ou DVD" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "&Fonte de dados" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "Usar imagens &ISO" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "Di&retório com imagens de CD:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "Selecionar &diretório" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Selecionar diretório" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "O nome do servidor de instalação está faltando." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ "Os CDs não serão copiados." #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -193,20 +193,20 @@ "de CDs adicionais, etc.) ao repositório?" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "&Nome do repositório:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "A&nunciar como serviço de instalação com SLP" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "Nome de repositório inválido." #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ "digite outro nome." #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ "é gravável e tente novamente.\n" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -243,87 +243,87 @@ "Deseja realmente remover o conteúdo antigo e criá-lo do zero?" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "Configuração inicial -- configuração inicial" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "Não configurar qual&quer serviço de rede" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "Di&retório para conter repositórios:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "&Configure como repositório HTTP" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "&Configure como repositório FTP" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "&Configure como repositório NFS" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "O caminho de diretório para o servidor de instalação está faltando." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "Servidor de instalação -- NFS" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Caractere curinga de máquina" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opções" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro ao configurar o NFS." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "Servidor de instalação -- FTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "Diretório raiz do servidor &FTP:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "Apelido do &diretório:" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro ao configurar o FTP." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "Servidor de instalação -- HTTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "Apelido do &diretório" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "Erro ao criar a configuração HTTPD." @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ "clique em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Remover</b>, respectivamente.</p>\n" #. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -688,73 +688,73 @@ "Deixar as exportações do NFS sem alterações?\n" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "Ler o arquivo de configuração" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "Procurar por um novo repositório" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "Lendo o arquivo de configuração..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "Procurando por um novo repositório..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "Não foi possível ler as configurações atuais." #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do servidor de instalação" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Executar o SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Executando o SuSEconfig..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Repositórios configurados" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 #: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 -#| msgid "IrDA Configuration" msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do IPLB" @@ -116,7 +115,6 @@ msgstr "não" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 -#| msgid "Global Configuration" msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "&Configuração global" @@ -221,151 +219,88 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a " -"per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" -"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>" -"|syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a " -"href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " -"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds " -"will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>" -"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>" -"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options " -"are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " -"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of " -"the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>" -"autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>" -"configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, " -"the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " -"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<" -"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to " -"run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a " -"href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">" -"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a " -"href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>" -" for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -373,87 +308,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>" -"(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>" -"ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><" -"b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must " -"be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive " -"pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is " -"used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>" -"|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>" -"imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>" -"oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>" -"|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " -"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b>" -" sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -476,9 +366,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run " -"to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -489,103 +377,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or " -"the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL<" -"/small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind " -"that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD<" -"/small></b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " -"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is " -"used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>" -"HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. " -"In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of " -"the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort " -"the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <" -"small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run " -"time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -599,119 +452,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">" -"ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP<" -"/small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port " -"is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a " -"per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " -"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds " -"will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>" -"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>" -"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options " -"are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" -"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " -"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<" -"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -752,7 +559,6 @@ msgstr "Solicitação" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 -#| msgid "JJY Receivers" msgid "Receive" msgstr "Receber" @@ -783,7 +589,6 @@ msgstr "Ler segredos do Samba" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 -#| msgid "Persistent Tunnel" msgid "Persistent" msgstr "Persistente" @@ -792,7 +597,6 @@ msgstr "Máscara de rede" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 -#| msgid "Schedule" msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "Agendador" @@ -801,7 +605,6 @@ msgstr "Protocolo" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 -#| msgid "Virtual Users" msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "Servidores virtuais" @@ -819,12 +622,10 @@ #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 -#| msgid "Virtual Device" msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "Servidor virtual" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 -#| msgid "Mail Servers" msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "Servidores reais" @@ -981,4 +782,3 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumo da configuração..." - Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 12:31-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -48,24 +48,24 @@ #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Destinos" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "Destino" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identificador" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Grupo de portal" @@ -78,170 +78,176 @@ msgstr "Número da porta" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bad list of IP addresses." +msgid "Bind all IP addresses" +msgstr "Lista de endereços IP inválida." + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "Utilizar autenticação" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "Caminho" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:323 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 msgid "Add" msgstr "Adicionar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:324 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Remover" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Client" msgstr "Cliente" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Lun Mapping" msgstr "Mapeamentos Lun" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Auth" msgstr "Autenticação" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "Editar LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Editar autenticação" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Copiar" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Sem autenticação" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Autenticação recebida" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nome de usuário" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Password" msgstr "Senha" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Autenticação enviada" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Ao &inicializar" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:276 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Ao inicializar" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Key" msgstr "Chave" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Resumo do destino do iSCSI LIO" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Destino do iSCSI</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "Adicionar destino do iSCSI" #. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" msgstr "Alterar configuração do cliente de destino do iSCSI" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:539 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Alterar configuração do Lun de destino do iSCSI" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "Configurações avançadas de destino do iSCSI" @@ -545,119 +551,118 @@ msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Você deve especificar pelo menos um mecanismo de autenticação!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:620 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 msgid "Client name:" msgstr "Nome do cliente:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:623 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "Importar LUNs do TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:639 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694 msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "O nome do cliente não deve estar vazio!" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing #. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700 msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "O nome do cliente já existe!" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677 msgid "New client name:" msgstr "Nome do novo cliente:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1292 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Realmente remover o item selecionado?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Erro ao criar destino %1 com tpg %2" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Erro ao configurar portal de rede para %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Erro ao remover lun %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Erro ao configurar lun %1 (name: %2) para o caminho %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Erro ao configurar a autenticação em %1:%2 para %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "O destino não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1206 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "O grupo de portal de destino não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "O destino já existe." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Recebido" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Enviado" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1242 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 msgid "None" msgstr "Nenhum" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1265 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1368 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1405 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desabilitado" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1457 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao remover lun %4 para cliente %3 em %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1472 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao adicionar lun %4:%5 para cliente %3 em %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao remover cliente %3 de %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1517 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao criar cliente %3 para %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1553 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao alterar autenticação para cliente %3 em %1:%2" @@ -672,11 +677,11 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. local IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "Não foi possível salvar a configuração do lio" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "Não foi possível salvar a configuração do tcm" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-06 21:14-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -52,105 +52,78 @@ msgstr "Serviço" #. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:57 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "Nós iSCSI" #. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "Domínios de descoberta" -#. fourth tab - discovery domain sets -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:211 -msgid "Discovery Domains Sets" -msgstr "Conjuntos de domínios de descoberta" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Ao &inicializar" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Ao inicializar" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Address of iSNS Server" -msgstr "Endereço do servidor iSNS" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:186 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "Nome do nó iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:186 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:206 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "Tipo de nó" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Remover" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:32 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "Nome do domínio de descoberta" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "Criar um domínio de descoberta" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "Membros do domínio de descoberta" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "Adicionar um nó iSCSI existente" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "Criar um membro para um nó iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:194 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Remover" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:217 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:122 -msgid "Discovery Domain Set Name" -msgstr "Nome do conjunto do domínio de descoberta" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:223 -msgid "Create Discovery Domain Set" -msgstr "Criar um conjunto de domínio de descoberta" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:242 -msgid "Discovery Domain Set Members" -msgstr "Conjunto de membros do domínio de descoberta" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:253 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:252 -msgid "Add Discovery Domain" -msgstr "Adicionar domínio de descoberta" - #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "Serviço iSNS" #. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:289 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Serviço iSNS</h1>" @@ -204,89 +177,70 @@ "Configure um servidor iSNS.<br></p>\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "<b><big>Localização do servidor iSNS</big></b><br>O domínio DNS ou o endereço IP do serviço iSNS pode ser fornecido como endereço do iSNS.\n" - -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" msgstr "<p>A lista de todos os nós iSCSI disponíveis registrados no serviço iSNS é exibida.</p><p>Os nós são registrados pelos iniciadores e destinatários iSCSI.</p><p>É possível somente <b>Remover</b> os nós. Remover um nó remove-o do banco de dados do iSNS.</p>" #. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" msgstr "Uma lista de todos os domínios de descoberta é exibida. É possível <b>Criar</b> ou <b>Remover</b> um domínio de descoberta.<p> Remover um domínio remove os membros do domínio mas não exclui os membros do nó iSCSI.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " msgstr "Uma lista de todos os nós iSCSI é exibida pelo domínio de descoberta. Selecionar outro domínio de descoberta atualiza a lista de membros deste domínio de descoberta. É possível <b>Adicionar</b> um nó iSCSI a um domínio de descoberta ou <b>Remover</b> o nó.<p> Remover um nó remove-o do domínio mas não exclui o nó iSCSI</p> <p>Criar um nó iSCSI permite que um nó ainda não registrado seja adicionado como membro no domínio de descoberta. Quando o iniciador ou o destinatário registra este nó, ele passa a fazer parte deste domínio</p> <p>Quando um iniciador iSCSI faz a requisição de descoberta, o serviço iSNS retorna todos os nós iSCSI destinatários que são membros dos mesmos domínios de descoberta.</p>" #. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" msgstr "Uma lista de todos os conjuntos de domínios de descoberta é exibida acima. Domínios de descoberta pertencem a conjuntos de domínios de descoberta. <p>Um domínio de descoberta deve ser membro de um conjunto de domínios de descoberta para que esteja ativo. </p><p>Em um banco de dados iSNS, um conjunto de domínios de descoberta contém domínios de descoberta e os domínios de descoberta contêm os membros do Nó iSCSI. </p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" msgstr "<p>A lista de membros do conjunto de domínios de descoberta é atualizada sempre que um conjunto de domínios de descoberta diferente for selecionado.</p>" #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "Criar novo domínio de descoberta" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 -msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "Selecione o conjunto de domínios de descoberta no qual o domínio de descoberta será adicionado." - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 -msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" -msgstr "Configurar o nome do domínio de descoberta" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:200 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "Adicione um nó iSCSI ao domínio de descoberta" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:203 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "Nós disponíveis para adicionar" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:206 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:210 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "Adicionar nó" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:211 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:253 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "Concluído" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:245 -msgid "Add Discovery Domain to Set" -msgstr "Adicionar domínio de descoberta ao conjunto" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:248 -msgid "Available Discovery Domains" -msgstr "Domínios de descoberta disponíveis" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:297 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:320 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "Destinatário ou inicializador" -#. IsnsServer::addDD(address, add_map["VALUE"]:""); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:506 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:586 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Realmente remover o item selecionado?" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Realmente remover este domínio?" #. boolean display = true; #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 -msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." +msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." msgstr "Não foi possível conectar ao servidor iSNS. Verifique o endereço do servidor iSNS." #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -300,85 +254,93 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para configurar o serviço iSNS, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado.</p>" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Instalá-lo agora?</p>" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do daemon iSNS" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 -msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Ler o banco de dados" +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +msgid "Saving isns Configuration" +msgstr "Salvando a configuração do iSNS" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 -msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores" +#~ msgid "Discovery Domains Sets" +#~ msgstr "Conjuntos de domínios de descoberta" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 -msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "Detectar os dispositivos" +#~ msgid "Address of iSNS Server" +#~ msgstr "Endereço do servidor iSNS" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..." +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Name" +#~ msgstr "Nome do conjunto do domínio de descoberta" -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 -msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Lendo as configurações anteriores..." +#~ msgid "Create Discovery Domain Set" +#~ msgstr "Criar um conjunto de domínio de descoberta" -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 -msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "Detectando os dispositivos..." +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Members" +#~ msgstr "Conjunto de membros do domínio de descoberta" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Concluído" +#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar domínio de descoberta" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 -msgid "Saving isns Configuration" -msgstr "Salvando a configuração do iSNS" +#~ msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +#~ msgstr "<b><big>Localização do servidor iSNS</big></b><br>O domínio DNS ou o endereço IP do serviço iSNS pode ser fornecido como endereço do iSNS.\n" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 -msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Salvar as configurações" +#~ msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." +#~ msgstr "Selecione o conjunto de domínios de descoberta no qual o domínio de descoberta será adicionado." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 -msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "Executar o SuSEconfig" +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" +#~ msgstr "Configurar o nome do domínio de descoberta" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." +#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain to Set" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar domínio de descoberta ao conjunto" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 -msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "Executando o SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgid "Available Discovery Domains" +#~ msgstr "Domínios de descoberta disponíveis" -#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 -msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações." +#~ msgid "Read the database" +#~ msgstr "Ler o banco de dados" +#~ msgid "Read the previous settings" +#~ msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores" + +#~ msgid "Detect the devices" +#~ msgstr "Detectar os dispositivos" + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..." + +#~ msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +#~ msgstr "Lendo as configurações anteriores..." + +#~ msgid "Detecting the devices..." +#~ msgstr "Detectando os dispositivos..." + +#~ msgid "Finished" +#~ msgstr "Concluído" + +#~ msgid "Write the settings" +#~ msgstr "Salvar as configurações" + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "Executar o SuSEconfig" + +#~ msgid "Writing the settings..." +#~ msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "Executando o SuSEconfig..." + +#~ msgid "Cannot write settings." +#~ msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-24 19:27-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Willams Costa <wlcosta.sh@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -185,8 +185,17 @@ "não existe no diretório LDAP.\n" "O objeto com o DN selecionado não pôde ser criado.\n" +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +msgid "" +"An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" +"Select another one.\n" +msgstr "" +"Um objeto com o DN selecionado existe, mas não é um objeto de template.\n" +"Selecione outro.\n" + #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1634 +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -423,10 +432,3 @@ #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" -#~ "Select another one.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Um objeto com o DN selecionado existe, mas não é um objeto de template.\n" -#~ "Selecione outro.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-24 19:28-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -362,6 +362,18 @@ msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "Iniciar o &fetchmail" +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[manually set]" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "[configurado manualmente]" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "FTP daemon" +msgid "daemon" +msgstr "Daemon do FTP" + #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 msgid "&Downloading" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-10 11:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 11:38-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ "Cancele o salvamento clicando em <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n" @@ -2175,7 +2175,9 @@ "trabalho gerenciando as conexões para todas as interfaces. É apropriado\n" "para alterar entre conexões com fio e múltiplas redes sem fio.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:57 +#. Network setup method help +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" @@ -2183,17 +2185,8 @@ "<p>Use o <b>wicked</b> se você não usar uma área de trabalho\n" "ou caso precise usar várias interfaces ao mesmo tempo.</p>\n" -#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:62 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" -"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" -"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" -"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 -msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration.<br></p>\n" @@ -2202,7 +2195,7 @@ "Obtenha um resumo das placas de rede instaladas. \n" "Você também pode editar suas configurações.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" @@ -2210,7 +2203,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Adicionando uma placa de rede:</big></b><br>\n" "Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar manualmente uma nova placa de rede.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2221,7 +2214,7 @@ "clique em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Remover</b>, respectivamente.</p>\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2237,12 +2230,12 @@ "Se o protocolo IPv6 não estiver habilitado em sua rede, o tempo de resposta \n" "pode ser mais rápido.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>" msgstr "<p>Todas as alterações serão aplicadas após a reinicialização.</p>" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:94 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2256,7 +2249,7 @@ "solicitado, ela será usada ao invés da rota padrão. A ideia da rota padrão\n" "é permitir a você dizer \"e todo o resto não especificado deve ir por aqui\".</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2268,7 +2261,7 @@ "para qualquer interface.</p>\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2276,7 +2269,7 @@ "<p>Habilite o <b>Encaminhamento IPv4</b> (encaminhamento de pacotes de redes externas\n" "para rede interna) se este sistema for um roteador.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2288,7 +2281,7 @@ "<b>Aviso:</b> O encaminhamento IPv6 desabilita a configuração automática \n" "de endereço stateless do IPv6 (SLAAC)." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" @@ -2298,7 +2291,7 @@ "Você deve habilitar o mascaramento e/ou definir no mínimo uma regra de redirecionamento no firewall. \n" "Você pode usar o módulo de firewall do YaST para isso.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:122 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2312,7 +2305,7 @@ "Em todos os casos, se você se conecta a diferentes redes utilizando diferentes\n" "nomes de máquina, desabilite esta opção.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2326,7 +2319,7 @@ "sem uma rede ativa. Nos outros casos, use-a com cuidado, especialmente \n" "se este computador fornecer serviços de rede.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" @@ -2335,7 +2328,7 @@ "os nomes de máquina. Eles normalmente podem ser obtidos por DHCP.</p>\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" @@ -2346,7 +2339,7 @@ "(por exemplo, 192.168.0.42) e não como um nome de máquina.</p>\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2358,7 +2351,7 @@ "seu computador (por exemplo, suse.de). Podem existir domínios de pesquisa adicionais\n" "(como suse.com). Separe os domínios com uma vírgula ou espaço em branco.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2370,7 +2363,7 @@ "computador for um servidor de e-mail. Você pode verificar o nome de máquina do seu computador usando\n" "o comando <i>hostname</i>.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:158 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2385,7 +2378,7 @@ "cliente DHCP, do NetworkManager, etc.). Este é o padrão. A opção <b>Usar política padrão</b> é o\n" "suficiente para a maioria das configurações.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:166 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2406,7 +2399,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" @@ -2416,12 +2409,12 @@ "<p>Selecione <b>Sem configuração de endereço</b> se você não quiser configurar nenhum endereço IP\n" "para este dispositivo. Isto é útil para dispositivos de rede virtuais.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>iBFT</b> se você deseja manter a rede configurada em sua BIOS.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" @@ -2430,7 +2423,7 @@ "estático atribuído pelo administrador ou pelo provedor de Internet.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2441,7 +2434,7 @@ "Os endereços de rede serão obtidos automaticamente do servidor.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:198 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2452,7 +2445,7 @@ "</b>. Caso contrário, os endereços de rede devem ser atribuídos <b>Estaticamente</b>.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:204 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2463,7 +2456,7 @@ "do seu par.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2474,7 +2467,7 @@ "pode informar o nome de máquina para este endereço. Ele será gravado em <tt>/etc/hosts</tt\t\t>.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" "the network configuration.</p>" @@ -2482,7 +2475,7 @@ "<p>Contate seu <b>administrador de rede</b> \n" "para mais informações sobre a configuração da rede.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:219 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" @@ -2490,7 +2483,7 @@ "<p>A configuração DHCP não é recomendada para este produto.\n" "Os componentes deste produto podem não funcionar com DHCP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2508,11 +2501,11 @@ "não houver outras interfaces associadas a outras zonas,\n" "o firewall permanecerá desabilitado.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Interface obrigatória</b> especifica se o serviço de rede deve relatar uma falha caso a interface não inicie durante a inicialização.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2528,7 +2521,7 @@ "especialmente em conexões discadas lentas. Selecione um dos valores recomendados\n" "ou especifique o seu próprio valor.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" @@ -2537,12 +2530,12 @@ "Somente os dispositivos cuja ativação de dispositivo for <b>Nunca</b> e que estiverem definidos como <b>Nenhuma configuração de endereço</b> estarão disponíveis.</p>" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Opções do cliente DHCP</big></b></p> " #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:249 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2557,7 +2550,7 @@ "de rede e, consequentemente, o mesmo endereço de hardware.</p>" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2570,7 +2563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" @@ -2579,7 +2572,7 @@ "<p>Configure endereços adicionais de uma interface nesta tabela.</p>\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -2588,7 +2581,7 @@ "a <b>Máscara de rede</b>.</p>" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:277 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2596,14 +2589,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:283 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Não incluir o nome da interface no nome de apelido. Por exemplo, digite <b>foo</b> ao invés de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2632,7 +2625,7 @@ "</p> \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking.</p>" @@ -2641,7 +2634,7 @@ "importantes para a rede sem fio.</p>" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2656,7 +2649,7 @@ "como um ponto de acesso).</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2675,7 +2668,7 @@ "intensidade de sinal.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:326 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -2710,7 +2703,7 @@ "modo de autenticação. Isso só é possível no modo de operação <b>Gerenciado</b>.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:345 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2725,7 +2718,7 @@ "dinamicamente, assim você só necessita informar 40 a 232 bits.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:353 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2742,7 +2735,7 @@ "fácil de adivinhar como frase secreta.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" @@ -2751,7 +2744,7 @@ "digite alguns parâmetros adicionais no diálogo a seguir.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/opensuse_mirror.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/opensuse_mirror.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/opensuse_mirror.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -39,7 +39,6 @@ msgstr "Diretório" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 -#| msgid "Error" msgid "Mirrored" msgstr "Espelhado" @@ -52,12 +51,10 @@ msgstr "não" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 -#| msgid "Exit" msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Sair" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 -#| msgid "Error" msgid "&Mirror" msgstr "&Espelhar" @@ -66,7 +63,5 @@ msgstr "&Não espelhar" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 -#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgid "Select/Deselect &All" msgstr "Selecionar/desmarcar &todos" - Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 17:43-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ #. an error popup #. an error popup #. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "Falha ao realizar backup de %1. Veja %2 para detalhes." @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalhes:" @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Tentar novamente?" @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a preparação do sistema de instalação." @@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@ #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produto desconhecido" @@ -1711,23 +1711,23 @@ msgstr "Aplicando o RPM delta: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Seu computador é um sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. Entretanto, você está tentando instalar uma distribuição de 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>A lista de padrão informa qual funcionalidade estará disponível após a instalação do sistema.</P>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "<P>A proposta relata o tamanho total dos arquivos que serão instalados no sistema. No entanto, o sistema conterá alguns outros arquivos (temporários e arquivos de trabalho), então o espaço utilizado será ligeiramente maior que o valor proposto. Consequentemente, é uma boa ideia ter pelo menos 25% (ou algo em torno de 300MB) de espaço livre antes de iniciar a instalação.</P>" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" @@ -1736,107 +1736,107 @@ "dos repositórios remotos (rede). Este valor é importante quando a conexão for lenta ou existir um limite de dados para baixar.</P>\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Proposta de software</B></P>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produto: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de sistema: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Padrões:<br>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Tamanho dos pacotes a instalar: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Baixando dos repositórios remotos: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Estes produtos complementares foram marcados para remoção automática: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Entre em contato com os fabricantes destes complementos para obter a nova mídia de instalação." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Entre em contato com os fabricantes destes complementos para obter a nova mídia de instalação." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Erro: não foi possível verificar o espaço livre no diretório básico %1 (dispositivo %2), não foi possível iniciar a instalação." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Aviso: não foi possível verificar o espaço livre no diretório %1 (dispositivo %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Espaço em disco insuficiente." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Espaço em disco insuficiente. Remova alguns pacotes na seleção simples." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "Somente %1 (%2%%) de espaço livre disponível na partição %3.<BR>" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "O novo produto <b>%s</b> será instalado" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "O produto <b>%s</b> será atualizado" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "O produto <b>%{old_product}</b> será atualizado para <b>%{new_product}</b>" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "O produto <b>%s</b> continuará instalado" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>Aviso:</b> O produto <b>%s</b> será removido." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" msgstr "<b>Erro:</b> O produto <b>%s</b> será automaticamente removido.</font>" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1853,12 +1853,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Nenhum repositório encontrado em '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1870,31 +1870,31 @@ "no servidor de Internet do openSUSE.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrando a mídia inicializada..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Falha ao integrar o repositório do pacote de serviços." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inicializando os repositórios..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Insira o CD 1 do %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "CD 1 do %1 não encontrado" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ "Verifique o arquivo de log %1 para mais detalhes." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1912,12 +1912,12 @@ "A proposta de software será chamada novamente." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Avaliando a seleção de pacotes..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1928,16 +1928,16 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Não foi possível ler o arquivo de licença %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Para exibir a licença do produto adequadamente, coloque o arquivo license.tar.gz na raiz do live CD quando construir a imagem." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" @@ -1946,18 +1946,9 @@ msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Eu &aceito os termos da licença." -#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 -msgid "" -"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" -"%{license_url}" -msgstr "" -"Se você quiser imprimir esta EULA, você pode baixá-la de\n" -"%{license_url}" - #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -1966,7 +1957,7 @@ "na primeira mídia, no arquivo %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1978,17 +1969,17 @@ #. dialog title #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Contrato de licença" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Realmente cancelar a instalação do produto complementar?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1997,7 +1988,7 @@ "Realmente recusar o contrato?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2006,10 +1997,19 @@ "complementar. Realmente recusar o contrato?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "O sistema está sendo desligado..." +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"Se você quiser imprimir esta EULA, você pode baixá-la de\n" +"%{license_url}" + #. popup yes-no #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" @@ -2082,88 +2082,88 @@ msgstr "Falha ao baixar o RPM de correção: %1" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:30 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "&Explorar usando SLP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:32 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "Repositórios da comun&idade" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "&Extensões e módulos do servidor de registro..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Especificar a &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "Disco &rígido..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "Armazenamento em massa &USB (pendrive USB, disco)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Diretório &local..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Imagem ISO &local..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Bai&xar os arquivos de descrição do repositório" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2172,7 +2172,7 @@ "da mídia, defina a <b>Imagem ISO</b>.</p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2181,86 +2181,86 @@ "defina a localização da primeira mídia do conjunto.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Nome do &servidor" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Caminho para o diretório ou imagem ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Imagem &ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opções de montagem" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(padrão)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL do repositório" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocolo" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL do repositório" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL do repositório" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Servidor NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Mídia de CD ou DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco rígido" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "Pendrive USB ou disco" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Diretório local" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Imagem ISO local" @@ -2269,24 +2269,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Servidor e diretório" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "O nome do repositório não pode estar vazio." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Nome do repositório" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2295,12 +2295,12 @@ "Utilize <b>Nome do repositório</b> para especificar o nome do repositório. Se o campo estiver vazio, o YaST usará o nome do produto (se disponível) ou o URL como nome.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Nome do &serviço" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2309,17 +2309,17 @@ "Use <b>Nome do serviço</b> para especificar o nome do serviço. Se o campo estiver vazio, o YaST usará parte da URL do serviço como nome.</p>\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "A URL não pode estar vazia." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2331,16 +2331,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Editar partes da URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Editar a URL completa" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ "Use <b>Nome do servidor</b> e <b>Caminho para diretório ou imagem ISO</b>\n" "para especificar o nome de máquina do servidor NFS e o caminho no servidor.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2363,16 +2363,16 @@ "para detalhes e a lista de opções suportadas." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2381,12 +2381,12 @@ "Defina <b>CD-ROM</b> ou <b>DVD-ROM</b> para especificar o tipo de mídia.</p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Arquivo de imagem ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2395,7 +2395,7 @@ "ou o diretório não existe.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ "ou o arquivo não existe.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2415,17 +2415,17 @@ "Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Caminho do diretório" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Diretório R&PM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2440,20 +2440,20 @@ "<b>Diretório RPM</b>.</p>\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de armazenamento em massa &USB" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "&File System" msgstr "Sis&tema de arquivos" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Dire&tório" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2484,11 +2484,11 @@ "quiser utilizar um sistema de arquivos específico, selecione-o da lista.</p>\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de &disco" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2507,12 +2507,12 @@ "<b>Diretório RPM</b>.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Caminho para a imagem ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2523,71 +2523,71 @@ "arquivo de imagem ISO.</p>" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Nome do servidor" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Porta" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 msgid "&Share" msgstr "Compar&tilhamento" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&Imagem ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Diretório no servidor" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tenticação" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anônimo" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Grupo de trabalho ou domínio" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nome de &usuário" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Sen&ha" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ "da mídia, configure a <b>Imagem ISO</b>.</p>\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896 msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" @@ -2623,12 +2623,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Eu gostaria de instalar um produto complementar adicional" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ "ou no disco rígido.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2650,7 +2650,7 @@ "tenha o conjunto de CDs ou o DVD em mãos.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ "em um só diretório.</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2679,25 +2679,25 @@ "primeiro CD, como em /data1/CD1.</p>\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Selecione o tipo de mídia" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Insira o CD do produto complementar" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Insira o DVD do produto complementar" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Nenhum disco USB foi detectado." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2712,12 +2712,12 @@ "baixar os arquivos automaticamente quando precisar deles mais tarde.</p>\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Tipo de mídia" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Produto complementar" @@ -2909,12 +2909,12 @@ msgstr "Nenhum repositório SLP foi encontrado na rede." #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:936 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "A partição \"%1\" necessita de %2 a mais de espaço em disco." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:956 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2923,7 +2923,7 @@ "ou arquivos temporários antes de atualizar o sistema.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:965 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Cancele a seleção de alguns pacotes." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 00:45-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -23,9 +23,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Proxy dialog caption -#. Proxy dialog caption -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:448 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do proxy" @@ -118,36 +116,30 @@ msgstr "FTP" #. Informative label -#. Informative label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:100 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Nenhum detalhe disponível." #. A push button -#. A push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:103 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Detalhes <<" +#. avoid confusing Emacs #. A push button -#. A push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:105 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Detalhes >>" #. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:220 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "Código de erro desconhecido" #. Error message, #. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:238 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -158,10 +150,7 @@ #. Unknown return code, #. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:253 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -170,38 +159,32 @@ "Código de retorno do proxy: %2.\n" #. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:274 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "Testando as configurações de proxy atuais..." #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:284 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "Erro durante o teste de proxy HTTP." #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:306 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "Erro durante o teste de proxy HTTPS." #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:328 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "Erro durante o teste de proxy FTP." #. Popup message -#. Popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:346 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "As configurações de proxy funcionam corretamente." #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" @@ -214,8 +197,7 @@ "o que sua aplicação (navegador, cliente ftp, ...) suporta.</p>" #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:461 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" @@ -224,8 +206,7 @@ "á Internet (WWW).</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" @@ -234,14 +215,12 @@ "à Internet (WWW).</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:469 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" msgstr "<p>Exemplo: <i>http://proxy.exemplo.com:3128</i></p>" #. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:471 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" @@ -250,8 +229,7 @@ "aos serviços de transferência de arquivos (FTP).</p>" #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:475 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:425 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" @@ -262,8 +240,7 @@ "todos os protocolos (HTTP, HTTPS e FTP).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:482 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" @@ -274,8 +251,7 @@ "cache, por exemplo, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:491 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" @@ -286,8 +262,7 @@ "usuário válido consiste apenas em caracteres ASCII (exceto aspas).</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:499 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" @@ -296,70 +271,60 @@ "a configuração atual do proxy HTTP, HTTPS e FTP.</p> \n" #. CheckBox entry label -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:519 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:466 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "Habilitar o &proxy" #. Frame label -#. Frame label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:527 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Configurações do proxy" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:533 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL do proxy &HTTP" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:535 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "URL do proxy HTTP&S" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:538 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL do proxy F&TP" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:544 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "Us&ar o mesmo proxy para todos os protocolos" #. Text entry label #. domains without proxying -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:549 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "&Domínios sem proxy" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:558 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "Autenticação do proxy" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:567 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:512 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "Nome de &usuário proxy" #. Password entry label -#. Password entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:575 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:520 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "Senha do &proxy" #. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:587 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "Testar as configurações do pr&oxy" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:673 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:618 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -367,7 +332,7 @@ "O proxy está habilitado, mas não foi especificado um URL do proxy.\n" "Realmente usar essas configurações?" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:686 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -380,50 +345,42 @@ "Usar realmente estas configurações?" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:701 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "Você não pode informar uma senha e deixar o nome de usuário vazio." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:711 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTP é inválido." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:719 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:662 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTP deve conter uma especificação de esquema (http)." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:730 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:671 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTPS é inválido." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:738 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTPS deve conter uma especificação de esquema (https)." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:749 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "O URL do proxy FTP é inválido." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:757 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "O URL do proxy FTP deve conter uma especificação de esquema (ftp)." #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:769 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -439,16 +396,6 @@ "* nome de máquina absoluto\n" "* nome de domínio prefixado por '.'" -#. Rich text title -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:839 -msgid "Proxy" -msgstr "Proxy" - -#. MenuButton title -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:841 -msgid "&Proxy" -msgstr "&Proxy" - #. Popup headline #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" @@ -498,3 +445,9 @@ #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy FTP: %1" + +#~ msgid "Proxy" +#~ msgstr "Proxy" + +#~ msgid "&Proxy" +#~ msgstr "&Proxy" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 11:43-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -28,73 +28,54 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Servidores locais de registro" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Nenhum servidor de registro selecionado." #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "" #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Contatando o servidor de registro" -#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. nil = use the default URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 -msgid "Registering the System..." -msgstr "Registrando o sistema..." - -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#. register the base product -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 -msgid "Registering %s ..." -msgstr "Registrando %s ..." - -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 -msgid "Updating to %s ..." -msgstr "" - #. display the registration update dialog #. dialog title #. dialog title #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registro" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "" #. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -102,7 +83,7 @@ #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" @@ -113,52 +94,50 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 msgid "" "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Configuração da rede..." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "O sistema já está registrado." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "&Endereço de e-mail" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "&Código de registro" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "Servidor local de registro" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Ignorar registro" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -170,25 +149,26 @@ "Você deseja instalar as últimas atualizações online\n" "disponíveis durante a instalação?" -#. cache the available addons -#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 -msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." -msgstr "" +#. %s is name of given product +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71 +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "Registrando %s ..." #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registrar extensões e módulos" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -207,35 +187,31 @@ "Deseja realmente ignorar o registro agora?" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Registrar novamente" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "Selecionar extensões" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" msgstr "O sistema já está registrado." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 +msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 +msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -244,13 +220,13 @@ "Verifique seu sistema." #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -262,23 +238,23 @@ msgstr "Utilize '%s' ao invés deste módulo YaST." #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Registro realizado com sucesso." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "Falha na descoberta SLP. Nenhum servidor encontrado" #. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically #. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice #. but better than aborting the installation... -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -416,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr "Impressão digital SHA256: " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -424,22 +400,22 @@ "A rede não está configurada. O servidor de registro não pode ser alcançado.\n" "Deseja configurar a rede agora?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Erro de rede. Verifique a configuração de rede." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Tempo de conexão esgotado." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -452,19 +428,23 @@ msgstr "" #. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Falha no registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Erro no cliente de registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." @@ -473,44 +453,71 @@ "Tente novamente mais tarde." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detalhes: %s" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Importando o certificado SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importando o certificado '%s'..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Erro de conexão segura: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +msgid "" +"An old registration server was detected at\n" +"%s.\n" +"Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n" +"protocol is installed at the server." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze -#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 -msgid "SSL Certificate" +#. register the system and the base product +#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two +#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil) +#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts +#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95 +msgid "Registering the System..." +msgstr "Registrando o sistema..." + +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" -#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 -msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. indent size used in summary text @@ -521,33 +528,33 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Produto desconhecido" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Falha ao salvar configurações do repositório." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Falha ao atualizar o serviço '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Falha ao adicionar serviço '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Falha ao salvar serviço '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Falha ao atualizar serviço '%s'." @@ -560,10 +567,10 @@ msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Baixando as licenças..." -#. ask user to accept an addon EULA -#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon -#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Baixando o contrato de licença..." @@ -579,7 +586,7 @@ " " #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Contrato de licença para %s" @@ -592,9 +599,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" -"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " -"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module.</p>" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -611,59 +616,52 @@ msgstr[1] "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "" #. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensões e módulos disponíveis" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalhes" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Selecione uma extensão ou módulo para exibir seus detalhes aqui" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " -"with the base product.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -719,28 +717,22 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product " -"Registration</b>.</p>" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>O registro do produto inclui seu produto no banco de dados da Central do " -"Cliente SUSE,\n" +"<p>O registro do produto inclui seu produto no banco de dados da Central do Cliente SUSE,\n" " habilitando-o a receber atualizações onlines e suporte técnico.\n" -"Para registrar durante a instalação automática, selecione <b>Realizar o " -"registro do produto</b>.</p>" +"Para registrar durante a instalação automática, selecione <b>Realizar o registro do produto</b>.</p>" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Se sua rede possui um servidor de registro personalizado, informe o URL\n" -"correto do servidor e a localização do certificado SMT em <b>Configurações do " -"servidor SMT</b>.\n" +"correto do servidor e a localização do certificado SMT em <b>Configurações do servidor SMT</b>.\n" "Consulte o seu manual do SMT para detalhes.</p>" #. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this @@ -805,73 +797,51 @@ msgstr "Certificado auto-assinado na cadeia de certificados" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "Confiar e impor&tar" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Uma conexão segura (HTTPS) utiliza certificados SSL para verificar a " -"autenticidade do servidor e para criptografar os dados transferidos.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Uma conexão segura (HTTPS) utiliza certificados SSL para verificar a autenticidade do servidor e para criptografar os dados transferidos.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Você pode escolher importar o certificado na lista de autoridades " -"certificadores (CA) conhecidas. Isso significa que você confia no elemento e " -"o emissor do certificado desconhecido.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Você pode escolher importar o certificado na lista de autoridades certificadores (CA) conhecidas. Isso significa que você confia no elemento e o emissor do certificado desconhecido.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A importação de um certificação lhe permitirá utilizar, por exemplo, um " -"certificado auto-assinado.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A importação de um certificação lhe permitirá utilizar, por exemplo, um certificado auto-assinado.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Importante:</b> você deve verificar a impressão digital do certificado " -"para garantir que o certificado genuíno seja importado do servidor.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Importante:</b> você deve verificar a impressão digital do certificado para garantir que o certificado genuíno seja importado do servidor.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " -"risk.</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>A importação de um certificado desconhecido sem realizar a verificação " -"é um risco de segurança.</b></p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>A importação de um certificado desconhecido sem realizar a verificação é um risco de segurança.</b></p>" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL inválida." #. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Pesquisando..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Pesquisando servidores de registro locais..." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/s390.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/s390.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/s390.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 15:51-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -153,46 +153,46 @@ msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "Desabilitar formatação" +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "Discos Formatados em &Paralelo" + #. error popup message #. error popup message #. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:200 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:677 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Nenhum disco selecionado." #. 8 means disk is not formatted #. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaS) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:229 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "O dispositivo %1 não está formatado. Formatar o dispositivo agora?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:231 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "Existem %1 dispositivos não formatados. Formatá-los agora?" #. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "Não foi possível encontrar o dispositivo para o canal %1." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "O disco %1 não está ativo." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "O disco %1 não está acessível para gravação." -#. integer field (count of disks formatted at parallely) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318 -msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" -msgstr "Discos Formatados em &Paralelo" - #. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ "%1" #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "Gerenciamento de Disco DASD" @@ -211,111 +211,111 @@ #. table header #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "Identificador do canal" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatar" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "Usar DIAG" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "Tipo de Acesso" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "Formatado" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "Informação da Partição" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:445 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "Identificador mí&nimo de canal" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "Identificador má&ximo do canal" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" #. menu button #. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "Executar &Ação" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Selecionar todos" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "&Desmarcar todos" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "Filtro de identificadores de canais inválido." #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "Adicionar Novo Disco DASD" #. text entry #. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:598 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "&Identificador do canal" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "Formatar o Disco" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "Usar &DIAG" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -327,14 +327,14 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:638 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:400 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "ID de canal inválido." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "O dispositivo já existe." @@ -1348,23 +1348,23 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:318 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:334 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "ID de Canal: %1, Formatar: %2, Usar DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:331 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:347 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "ID de Canal: %1, Formatar: %2, Usar DIAG: %3" #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:366 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:382 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "Lendo Discos DASD Configurados" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:457 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:516 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs não montado." @@ -1372,65 +1372,65 @@ #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:465 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:524 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: estado inválido para <online>." #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:489 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: nenhum dispositivo encontrado para <ccwid>." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: não foi possível alterar o estado do dispositivo." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:490 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: o dispositivo não é um DASD." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:499 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:515 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: não foi possível carregar o módulo." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:508 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:524 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: falha ao ativar o DASD." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:517 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:533 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD não formatado." #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:525 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:541 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: erro desconhecido %2." #. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:638 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:654 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Formatando %1:" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:667 src/modules/DASDController.rb:764 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:683 src/modules/DASDController.rb:780 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Falha na formatação de discos. Código de saída: %1." #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 #. integers, #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:735 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:751 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "Formatando %1: cilindro %2 de %3 feito" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -171,12 +171,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt>" -" and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique a <b>faixa</b> para os IDs de grupos e usuários do Samba " -"(valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> e <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique a <b>faixa</b> para os IDs de grupos e usuários do Samba (valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> e <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>" #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -406,13 +402,11 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"Se este sistema for configurado como cliente do Active Directory, os padrões " -"das\n" +"Se este sistema for configurado como cliente do Active Directory, os padrões das\n" "seguintes configurações de smb.conf serão restaurados:\n" " %1" @@ -479,8 +473,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando a Inicialização</big></b><br>\n" -"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança clicando em <b>Cancelar</b>" -".</p>\n" +"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança clicando em <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -508,52 +501,43 @@ #. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Selecionando a participação no domínio do Windows</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Selecionando a participação no domínio do Windows</big></b></p>" #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Um cliente do Linux pode ser membro de um grupo de trabalho, domínio NT ou " -"domínio do Active Directory.\n" +"<p>Um cliente do Linux pode ser membro de um grupo de trabalho, domínio NT ou domínio do Active Directory.\n" "Especifique aqui o nome da participação.</p>\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Usar informação SMB para autenticação Linux</b> permite \n" -"a verificação de senhas no servidor NT ou servidor Kerberos no caso de " -"entrada em um domínio AD.</p>\n" +"a verificação de senhas no servidor NT ou servidor Kerberos no caso de entrada em um domínio AD.</p>\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list " -"of name servers.\n" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Alterar o sufixo primário do DNS</b> para adicionar seu servidor " -"AD na lista de servidores de nomes.\n" +"<p>Marque <b>Alterar o sufixo primário do DNS</b> para adicionar seu servidor AD na lista de servidores de nomes.\n" "Esta opção somente está disponível para configurações de rede estáticas.</p>" #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.</p>\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Quando você pressiona <b>OK</b>, o sistema verifica a participação e,\n" -"se for um domínio NT ou Active Directory, permite que essa máquina entre no " -"domínio.</p>\n" +"se for um domínio NT ou Active Directory, permite que essa máquina entre no domínio.</p>\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 @@ -571,40 +555,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories " -"created on the first login.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Criar Diretório Pessoal no Login</b> para ter diretórios " -"pessoais locais criados no primeiro login.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Criar Diretório Pessoal no Login</b> para ter diretórios pessoais locais criados no primeiro login.</p>" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log " -"in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Autenticação Offline</b> permite que o usuário efetue login mesmo que " -"não haja conexão com o controlador do domínio. Para que essa opção funcione, " -"efetue login em seu domínio pelo menos uma vez. As credenciais do usuário " -"serão então criptografadas e armazenadas em seu computador, voltando a ser " -"usadas para login no domínio quando não for possível estabelecer conexão com " -"o controlador do domínio. Esse procedimento é especialmente útil para " -"usuários móveis." +msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "<p><b>Autenticação Offline</b> permite que o usuário efetue login mesmo que não haja conexão com o controlador do domínio. Para que essa opção funcione, efetue login em seu domínio pelo menos uma vez. As credenciais do usuário serão então criptografadas e armazenadas em seu computador, voltando a ser usadas para login no domínio quando não for possível estabelecer conexão com o controlador do domínio. Esse procedimento é especialmente útil para usuários móveis." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Clique em <b>configurações avançadas</b> para habilitar recursos avançados " -"como as opções WINS ou montagem de diretórios pessoais de servidores a partir " -"de domínios Active Directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Clique em <b>configurações avançadas</b> para habilitar recursos avançados como as opções WINS ou montagem de diretórios pessoais de servidores a partir de domínios Active Directory.</p>" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -614,26 +576,16 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Defina o <b>Nome do Usuário</b> e a <b>Senha</b> que devem ser usados para " -"entrar no\n" -"domínio selecionado durante a instalação automática. Observe que a senha será " -"salva no perfil no formato de texto sem criptografia.</p>" +"<p>Defina o <b>Nome do Usuário</b> e a <b>Senha</b> que devem ser usados para entrar no\n" +"domínio selecionado durante a instalação automática. Observe que a senha será salva no perfil no formato de texto sem criptografia.</p>" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique o <b>Servidor do Active Directory</b> a usar para entrar um um " -"domínio do Active Directory. Ele também é usado como valor do KDC na " -"configuração do Kerberos.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique o <b>Servidor do Active Directory</b> a usar para entrar um um domínio do Active Directory. Ele também é usado como valor do KDC na configuração do Kerberos.</p>" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -697,9 +649,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Para participar do domínio de modo anônimo, deixe as entradas de texto " -"vazias.\n" +msgstr "Para participar do domínio de modo anônimo, deixe as entradas de texto vazias.\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 @@ -743,9 +693,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Já existem compartilhamentos de usuário. Manter ou remover esses " -"compartilhamentos?" +msgstr "Já existem compartilhamentos de usuário. Manter ou remover esses compartilhamentos?" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 @@ -760,9 +708,7 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" -msgstr "" -"Há outros serviços de compartilhamento do Windows disponíveis. Pará-los " -"também?" +msgstr "Há outros serviços de compartilhamento do Windows disponíveis. Pará-los também?" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 @@ -771,13 +717,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name " -"resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se você quiser usar o Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) para " -"resolução de nomes, selecione <b>Usar WINS para resolução de nomes de " -"máquina</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se você quiser usar o Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) para resolução de nomes, selecione <b>Usar WINS para resolução de nomes de máquina</b>.</p>" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -786,12 +727,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Recuperar o servidor WINS via DHCP</b> para usar um servidor " -"WINS provido pelo DHCP.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Recuperar o servidor WINS via DHCP</b> para usar um servidor WINS provido pelo DHCP.</p>" #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -825,81 +762,41 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group " -"in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For " -"example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a " -"domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions " -"allow access.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Permitir aos Usuários Compartilhar seus Diretórios</b> permite que os " -"membros do <b>Grupo Permitido</b> compartilhem com outros usuários os " -"diretórios que possuem. Por exemplo, <tt>usuários</tt> de âmbito local ou <tt>" -"Usuários do DOMÍNIO do %1</tt> em âmbito de domínio. O usuário deve verificar " -"se as permissões do sistema de arquivos permitem acesso.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Permitir aos Usuários Compartilhar seus Diretórios</b> permite que os membros do <b>Grupo Permitido</b> compartilhem com outros usuários os diretórios que possuem. Por exemplo, <tt>usuários</tt> de âmbito local ou <tt>Usuários do DOMÍNIO do %1</tt> em âmbito de domínio. O usuário deve verificar se as permissões do sistema de arquivos permitem acesso.</p>" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Com <b>Número Máximo de Compartilhamentos</b>, limite o total de " -"compartilhamentos que podem ser criados.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Com <b>Número Máximo de Compartilhamentos</b>, limite o total de compartilhamentos que podem ser criados.</p>" #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow " -"Guest Access</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para permitir acesso aos compartilhamentos de usuário sem precisar de " -"autenticação, habilite <b>Permitir Acesso de Convidado</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para permitir acesso aos compartilhamentos de usuário sem precisar de autenticação, habilite <b>Permitir Acesso de Convidado</b>.</p>" #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" -"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Na tabela <b>Montar diretórios do servidor</b> você pode especificar " -"diretórios do servidor\n" -"(tais como o diretório pessoal) que devem ser montados localmente quando o " -"usuário realizar login.\n" -"Se a montagem for específica para um usuário, especifique o <b>Nome de " -"Usuário</b> para a regra selecionada.\n" -"Do contrário, o diretório é montado para cada usuário. Para maiores " -"informações veja o manual de pam_mount.conf.</p>" +"<p>Na tabela <b>Montar diretórios do servidor</b> você pode especificar diretórios do servidor\n" +"(tais como o diretório pessoal) que devem ser montados localmente quando o usuário realizar login.\n" +"Se a montagem for específica para um usuário, especifique o <b>Nome de Usuário</b> para a regra selecionada.\n" +"Do contrário, o diretório é montado para cada usuário. Para maiores informações veja o manual de pam_mount.conf.</p>" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote " -"Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home " -"directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>" -"Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Por exemplo, você pode utilizar o valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> para " -"<b>Caminho Remoto</b>, valor <tt>~/</tt> para <b>Ponto de Montagem Local</b> " -"para montar o diretório home, juntamente com um valor <tt>user=%" -"(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> como parte de <b>Opções</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Por exemplo, você pode utilizar o valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> para <b>Caminho Remoto</b>, valor <tt>~/</tt> para <b>Ponto de Montagem Local</b> para montar o diretório home, juntamente com um valor <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> como parte de <b>Opções</b>.</p>" #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O valor do <b>Método Kerberos</b> define como os tickets kerberos são " -"verificados. Quando <b>Assinatura simples para SSH</b> for usado, o método " -"Kerberos padrão configurado pelo YaST será <tt>segredos e keytab</tt>. Veja a " -"página do manual de smb.conf para detalhes.</p>" +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O valor do <b>Método Kerberos</b> define como os tickets kerberos são verificados. Quando <b>Assinatura simples para SSH</b> for usado, o método Kerberos padrão configurado pelo YaST será <tt>segredos e keytab</tt>. Veja a página do manual de smb.conf para detalhes.</p>" #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -1193,6 +1090,4 @@ #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível proceder com a entrada: Estado do cluster inconsistente" - +msgstr "Não foi possível proceder com a entrada: Estado do cluster inconsistente" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 14:45-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -742,10 +742,6 @@ msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "&Inicialização" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1250 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Configurações do firewall" - #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "Compartilhamento&s" @@ -1651,187 +1647,190 @@ msgstr "Servidor Membro de Domínio" #. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:120 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando as configurações do servidor Samba" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:125 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações globais do Samba" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:127 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "Ler segredos do Samba" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:129 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações de serviço do Samba" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:131 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "Ler contas do Samba" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:133 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações da infraestrutura" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:135 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações do firewall" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:137 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações de serviço do Samba" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:140 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações globais do Samba..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:142 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "Lendo segredos do Samba..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:144 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações de serviço do Samba..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:146 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "Lendo contas do Samba..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:148 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações da infraestrutura..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:150 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações do firewall..." #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:152 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações de serviço do Samba..." #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:154 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:234 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Salvando as configurações do servidor Samba" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:239 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações globais" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:241 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Desabilitar serviços Samba" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:243 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Habilitar serviços Samba" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:245 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações da infraestrutura" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:247 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "Salvar as contas do Samba" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:249 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do firewall" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:252 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações globais..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:254 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Desabilitando serviços Samba..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:256 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Habilitando serviços Samba..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:258 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações da infraestrutura..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "Salvando as contas do Samba..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall..." #. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:288 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações no /etc/samba/smb.conf." #. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:385 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "Configurações Globais:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:387 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "Grupo de Trabalho ou Domínio: %s" #. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:391 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "Função: %s" #. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:394 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "Servidor Samba desabilitado" #. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:398 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "Compartilhar a configuração:" #. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:404 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "Nenhum" +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "Configurações do firewall" + #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" #~ "<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 01:04-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -230,102 +230,103 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Configurações de Segurança" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Status da Segurança" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ajuda" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:402 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395 msgid " or " msgstr " ou " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Estes serviços básicos do sistema não estão habilitados no nível de execução %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Todos os serviços básicos estão habilitados.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 +#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above) +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Estes serviços extras estão habilitados no nível de execução %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Verifique a lista de serviços e desabilite todos os serviços não utilizados.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Apenas serviços básicos do sistema estão habilitados.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descrição" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Resumo sobre a segurança" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Alterar o &status" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Descrição" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:640 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Configurações de Inicialização" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:652 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Permissões de Inicialização" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:729 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Configurações gerais" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Configurações de Senha" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:824 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Verificações" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Idade da Senha" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ "que o máximo." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -343,12 +344,12 @@ "O comprimento máximo de senha para a criptografia selecionada é %1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Configurações do login" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:975 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963 msgid "Login" msgstr "Iniciar sessão" @@ -999,155 +1000,145 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 -msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" -msgstr "Diretório &Atual no Caminho do root" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 -msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" -msgstr "Diretório At&ual no Caminho dos Usuários Comuns" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:130 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "Permitir Login Remoto &Gráfico" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "Teclas &mágicas SysRq" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Desabilitar" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Habilitar todas as funções" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "Segundos para &Esperar Após Tentativa de Login Incorreta" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:156 src/include/security/widgets.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Máxim&o" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:162 src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" msgstr "Comportamento de &desligamento do gerenciador de login KDM:" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Only root" msgstr "Somente root" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 msgid "All Users" msgstr "Todos os Usuários" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Ninguém" #. ComboBox value #. ["local",_("Local Users")], #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automático" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Hibernação do sistema" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:191 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Usuário no console ativo" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:193 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Qualquer um pode hibernar" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Autenticação sempre necessária" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Método de Criptografia de Senh&a" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "&Verificar Novas Senhas" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Núm&ero de Senhas a Memorizar" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "Tamanho &Mínimo Aceitável de Senha" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:250 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Dias Antes do Aviso de Vencimento de Senha" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "Per&missões de Arquivo" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Fácil" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Seguro" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoico" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:272 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Usuário Iniciando o updatedb" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:279 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Má&ximo" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:285 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" @@ -1166,65 +1157,71 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:608 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração de segurança" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:617 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações de segurança" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:619 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do inittab" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:621 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações PAM" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:655 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:623 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Atualizar as configurações do sistema" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:627 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações de segurança..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:629 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do inittab..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:631 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações PAM..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:633 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Atualizando as configurações do sistema..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:635 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:901 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:869 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Nível de segurança atual: configurações personalizadas" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:905 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:873 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Nível de segurança atual: %1" +#~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" +#~ msgstr "Diretório &Atual no Caminho do root" + +#~ msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" +#~ msgstr "Diretório At&ual no Caminho dos Usuários Comuns" + #~ msgid "Use current directory in root's path" #~ msgstr "Usar o diretório atual no caminho do usuário root" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 17:23-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -20,186 +20,7 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 -msgid "Saving default systemd target..." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" -msgstr "" - #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 -msgid "&Default systemd target" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 -msgid "Default systemd target" -msgstr "" - -#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 -msgid "Available Targets" -msgstr "" - -#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the -#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this -#. and keep the default target unchanged. -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 -msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 -msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 -msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 -msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 -msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 -msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 -msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 -msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -msgstr "" - -#. Default for double-click in the table -#. Default for double-click in the table -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 -msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "Salvando a configuração..." - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 -msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Fills the dialog contents -#. Fills the dialog contents -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 -msgid "Default System &Target" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Serviço" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 -#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Habilitado" - -#. The current state matches the futural state -#. The current state matches the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 -#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Ativo" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Descrição" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 -msgid "&Start/Stop" -msgstr "&Iniciar/parar" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 -msgid "&Enable/Disable" -msgstr "&Habilitar/desabilitar" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 -msgid "Show &Details" -msgstr "Exibir &detalhes" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "Gerenciador de serviços" - -#. Redraws the services dialog -#. Redraws the services dialog -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 -msgid "Reading services status..." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 -#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Desabilitado" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 -#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 -msgid "Inactive" -msgstr "Inativo" - -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 -msgid "Active (will start)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 -msgid "Inactive (will stop)" -msgstr "" - -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 -msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" -msgstr "" - -#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Serviços" @@ -255,65 +76,66 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Não foi possível habilitar o serviço %1" +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Gerenciador de serviços" + #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "Destino padrão" +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Habilitado" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Desabilitado" + #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. #: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "Esquema de perfil de serviços do autoyast desconhecido para 'services-manager'" -#. AutoYast summary -#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 -msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "Ainda não configurado." +#~ msgid "Writing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Salvando a configuração..." -#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state -#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 -msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Serviço" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 -msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Active" +#~ msgstr "Ativo" -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 -msgid "Graphical mode" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Description" +#~ msgstr "Descrição" -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 -msgid "Text mode" -msgstr "Modo texto" +#~ msgid "&Start/Stop" +#~ msgstr "&Iniciar/parar" -#. Systemd targets -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 -msgid "Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Interface gráfica" +#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable" +#~ msgstr "&Habilitar/desabilitar" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 -msgid "Emergency Mode" -msgstr "Modo de emergência" +#~ msgid "Show &Details" +#~ msgstr "Exibir &detalhes" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 -msgid "Switch Root" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Inactive" +#~ msgstr "Inativo" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 -msgid "Initrd Default Target" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Not configured yet." +#~ msgstr "Ainda não configurado." -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 -msgid "Multi-User System" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Text mode" +#~ msgstr "Modo texto" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 -msgid "Rescue Mode" -msgstr "Modo de recuperação" +#~ msgid "Graphical Interface" +#~ msgstr "Interface gráfica" +#~ msgid "Emergency Mode" +#~ msgstr "Modo de emergência" + +#~ msgid "Rescue Mode" +#~ msgstr "Modo de recuperação" + #~ msgid "Enabled Services" #~ msgstr "Serviços habilitados" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 13:13-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1568,6 +1568,13 @@ msgstr "Rótu&lo do Volume" #. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "UUID" +msgid "&UUID" +msgstr "UUID" + +#. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID do dispositivo" @@ -1758,28 +1765,8 @@ "\n" "Diminuir o tamanho do sistema de arquivos agora?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "No unsaved changes exist." -msgstr "Não existem alterações não salvas." - -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1417 -msgid "Changes:" -msgstr "Alterações:" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1429 -msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?" -msgstr " Você realmente deseja executar estas alterações?" - -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1435 -msgid "&Apply" -msgstr "&Aplicar" - #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1792,7 +1779,7 @@ "Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1807,7 +1794,7 @@ "antes de remover o dispositivo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1529 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1822,7 +1809,7 @@ "remover o dispositivo.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1835,55 +1822,55 @@ "antes de remover o dispositivo.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Crie e remova subvolumes de um sistema de arquivos Btrfs.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" msgstr "<p>Habilitar snapshots automáticos para um sistema de arquivos Btrfs com o snapper.</p>" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Subvolumes Existentes:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Novo Subvolume" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1632 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Adicionar novo" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1638 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Remover" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Habilitar snapshots" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1661 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Gerenciamento de subvolumes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Não é permitido um nome vazio de subvolume." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1891,11 +1878,11 @@ "Somente nomes de subvolume começando com \"%1\" estão atualmente permitidos!\n" "Anexando automaticamente ao início \"%1\" no nome do subvolume." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "O nome do subvolume %1 já existe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "As alterações realizadas até agora serão perdidas." @@ -2242,12 +2229,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "O sistema de arquivos está atualmente montado em %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2257,12 +2244,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Desmontar" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2270,15 +2257,15 @@ "Você pode tentar desmontá-lo agora ou cancelar.\n" "Clique em Cancelar ao menos que saiba exatamente o que está fazendo." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Não é possível diminuir o sistema de arquivos enquanto ele estiver montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Não é possível estender o sistema de arquivos enquanto ele estiver montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Não é possível redimensionar o sistema de arquivos enquanto ele estiver montado." @@ -3235,7 +3222,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Este disco está em uso e não pode ser modificado." @@ -5288,13 +5275,13 @@ msgstr "Arquivo de padrão" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Tamanho do Tmpfs" # login -> Benutzername #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5303,12 +5290,12 @@ "Valor deve ser abaixo de 100k ou entre 1% e 200%. Tente novamente." # login -> Benutzername -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "O valor deve ser entre 1% e 200%. Tente novamente." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5319,18 +5306,18 @@ "como um número seguido de um sinal de porcentagem significando a porcentagem de memória.</p>" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Prioridade de Troca" # login -> Benutzername #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Valor de estar entre 0 e 32767. Tente novamente." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" @@ -5339,12 +5326,12 @@ "Informe a prioridade de troca. Números altos significam maior prioridade.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Monta&r somente leitura" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -5355,12 +5342,12 @@ "o sistema de arquivos sempre estará montado como somente leitura.</p>" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Sem tempo de &acesso" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5369,12 +5356,14 @@ "Os tempos de acesso não são atualizados quando arquivo for lido. O padrão é falso.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 -msgid "Mountable by &User" +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mountable by &User" +msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Pode ser montado pelo &usuário" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5383,12 +5372,12 @@ "O sistema de arquivos pode ser montado por um usuário comum. O padrão é falso.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Não montar na Inicialização do &Sistema" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -5404,12 +5393,12 @@ "O padrão é falso.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Habilitar Suporte a &Cotas" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5420,12 +5409,12 @@ "O padrão é falso.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Modo de Dados &Journalling" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -5444,12 +5433,12 @@ " <tt>writeback</tt> -- A ordenação dos dados não é preservada. Sem impacto no desempenho.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listas de Controle de &Acesso (ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5458,12 +5447,12 @@ "Habilita listas de controle de acesso no sistema de arquivos.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Atributos de usuário &Estendidos" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5472,16 +5461,16 @@ "Permite atributos de usuário estendidos no sistema de arquivos.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "&Valor da opção arbitrária" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "Caractere inválido no valor da opção. Não use espaços ou tabulações. Tente novamente." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5492,12 +5481,12 @@ "Várias opções são separadas por vírgulas.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Con&junto de caracteres para nomes de arquivos" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" @@ -5506,12 +5495,12 @@ "Configure o conjunto de caracteres para nomes em partições Windows.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&page para nomes FAT pequenos" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" @@ -5521,12 +5510,12 @@ "caracteres em sistemas de arquivos FAT.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Número de &FATs" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" @@ -5535,12 +5524,12 @@ "Especifique o número de tabelas de alocação de arquivo no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é 2.</p>" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "&Tamanho do FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" @@ -5549,17 +5538,17 @@ "Especifica o tipo de tabela de alocação de arquivo usada (12, 16, ou 32-bit). Se 'auto' for especificado, o YaST selecionará automaticamente o valor mais adequado para o tamanho do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Entradas do &diretório raiz" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "O tamanho mínimo para \"Entradas do diretório raiz\" é 112. Tente novamente." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5568,12 +5557,12 @@ "Selecione o número de entradas disponíveis no diretório raiz.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Função hash" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" @@ -5582,12 +5571,12 @@ "Isto especifica o nome da função hash que será usada para ordenar os nomes de arquivos em diretórios.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Revisão FS" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" @@ -5597,12 +5586,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "&Tamanho de bloco em bytes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" @@ -5612,13 +5601,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Tamanho do &Inode" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5627,12 +5616,12 @@ "Esta opção especifica o tamanho do inode do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Porcentagem de espaço de inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" @@ -5641,12 +5630,12 @@ "A opção \"Porcentagem de espaço de inode\" especifica a maior porcentagem de espaço no sistema de arquivos que pode ser alocada para inodes.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode &alinhado" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -5659,12 +5648,12 @@ "normalmente mais eficiente que acesso a inodes não alinhados.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Tamanho de &log em megabytes" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5674,7 +5663,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" @@ -5683,17 +5672,17 @@ "Configure o tamanho de log (em megabytes). Se 'auto', o padrão é 40% do tamanho agregado.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Acionar o &Utilitário de listagem de Blocos Danificados" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Comprimento de stride em blocos" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5702,7 +5691,7 @@ "Selecione um valor maior que 1.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5715,7 +5704,7 @@ "de blocos em um stripe RAID.</p>\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5724,12 +5713,12 @@ "Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Valores válidos são 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco será determinado pelo tamanho e uso esperado do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes por &inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5746,12 +5735,12 @@ "número de inodes de um sistema de arquivos depois da criação, assim, certifique-se de usar um valor adequado.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Porcentagem de blocos &reservados para o root" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5761,17 +5750,17 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Porcentagem de blocos reservados para o root:</b> especifique a porcentagem de blocos reservados para o superusuário. O valor padrão é calculado de tal forma que, normalmente, 1 Giga é reservado. O limite superior para o reservado padrão é 5.0 e o limite inferior padrão é 0.1.</p>" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Desabilitar verificações regulares" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -5780,12 +5769,12 @@ "Desabilite verificações regulares do sistema de arquivos na inicialização.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Recurso de Índice de &Diretório" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" @@ -5794,12 +5783,12 @@ "Permite o uso de árvores B com hash para acelerar as pesquisas em diretórios grandes.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Sem Journal" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6031,11 +6020,11 @@ msgstr "MD RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Não é possível criar partições, pois outras partições do disco estão em uso." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6045,7 +6034,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser alterado pois contém troca ativada\n" "necessária para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6055,7 +6044,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser alterado pois contém os dados\n" "da instalação necessários para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6065,7 +6054,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido pois contém troca ativada\n" "necessária para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6075,7 +6064,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido pois contém os dados\n" "da instalação para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6087,7 +6076,7 @@ "o dispositivo %2, que contém troca ativada necessária para executar \n" "a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6099,7 +6088,7 @@ "a instalação.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6110,18 +6099,18 @@ "disco %2 estão usadas.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nada atribuído como sistema de arquivos raiz!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "A instalação muito provavelmente irá falhar fatalmente!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Falha ao adicionar os seguintes resolvíveis: %1" @@ -6909,6 +6898,18 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Informação visível nos dispositivos de armazenamento:" +#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." +#~ msgstr "Não existem alterações não salvas." + +#~ msgid "Changes:" +#~ msgstr "Alterações:" + +#~ msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?" +#~ msgstr " Você realmente deseja executar estas alterações?" + +#~ msgid "&Apply" +#~ msgstr "&Aplicar" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" #~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:00:17 UTC (rev 90432) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po 2014-10-29 16:01:16 UTC (rev 90433) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 15:35-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -29,24 +29,24 @@ "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" +msgstr "Instalar o hipervisor e as ferramentas" + #. progress step title #: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "Configurando a máquina virtual..." -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/xen.rb:54 -msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" -msgstr "Instalar o hipervisor e as ferramentas" - #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "x86_64 é a única arquitetura suportada para hospedar máquinas virtuais. Sua arquitetura é " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -56,151 +56,151 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Verificar os pacotes instalados" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da ponte de rede" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Configurando o servidor VM (domínio 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Configuração do servidor VM</b></big></p><p>A configuração do servidor VM (domínio 0) possui duas etapas.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" msgstr "<p>Primeiro, os pacotes necessários são instalados no sistema. Em seguida, o carregador de inicialização é alternado para o GRUB (caso ele ainda não esteja sendo usado) e a seção do Xen é adicionada ao menu do carregador de inicialização caso ela esteja ausente.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p>O GRUB é necessário porque suporta o padrão de multi-inicialização necessário para inicializar o Xen e o kernel do Linux.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Quando a configuração for concluída com sucesso, você poderá inicializar o servidor VM a partir do menu do carregador de inicialização.</p>" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "A instalação será cancelada." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Escolha o(s) Hypervisor(s) para instalar" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "Servidor: sistema mínimo para ter um Hypervisor funcional" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "Ferramentas: configure, gerencie e monitore máquinas virtuais" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "Hypervisor KVM" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "Servidor KVM" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "Ferramentas KVM" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "Containers LXC libvirt" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "Daemon LXC libvirt" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "Software para conexão ao servidor de virtualização" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Ferramentas do cliente de virtualização" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Hypervisor Xen" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Servidor Xen" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Ferramentas Xen" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Falha ao instalar pacote\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Falha ao instalar pacote para lxc\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Falha ao instalar pacote para padrão de cliente sled\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Falha ao instalar pacote para padrões sles\n" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Executando em modo texto. Instalar os componentes gráficos mesmo assim?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Verificando os pacotes..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Instalando os pacotes..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Não foi possível instalar os pacotes necessários." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Atualizando os arquivos de configuração do grub2..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Configurando a ponte de rede padrão..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Ponte de rede." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" msgstr "<p>Para configurações normais de rede hospedando máquinas virtuais, uma ponte de rede é recomendada.</p><p>Configurar uma ponte de rede padrão?</p>" @@ -213,27 +213,27 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "Os componentes KVM estão instalados. Seu hospedeiro está pronto para instalar convidados KVM." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "Os componentes KVM estão instalados. Reinicializa a máquina e selecione o kernel nativo no menu de inicialização para instalar os convidados KVM." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "Para instalar convidados Xen, reinicie a máquina e selecione a seção Xen no menu do carregador de inicialização." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "O hipervisor Xen e as ferramentas estão instalados." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "As ferramentas do cliente de virtualização estão instaladas." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Os componentex LXC libvirt estão instalados." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe@opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner@opensuse.org